CA2501098A1 - Phototreatment device for use with coolants and topical substances - Google Patents
Phototreatment device for use with coolants and topical substances Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2501098A1 CA2501098A1 CA002501098A CA2501098A CA2501098A1 CA 2501098 A1 CA2501098 A1 CA 2501098A1 CA 002501098 A CA002501098 A CA 002501098A CA 2501098 A CA2501098 A CA 2501098A CA 2501098 A1 CA2501098 A1 CA 2501098A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- container
- substance
- heat
- phototreatment
- phase change
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 315
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 118
- 239000002826 coolant Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 45
- 239000012782 phase change material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 96
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 claims description 99
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 66
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 63
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 53
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 50
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 claims description 50
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 47
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 45
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000012809 cooling fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- DCAYPVUWAIABOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC DCAYPVUWAIABOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000002874 Acne Vulgaris Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000035484 Cellulite Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010049752 Peau d'orange Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010000496 acne Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000036232 cellulite Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 claims description 4
- 231100000216 vascular lesion Toxicity 0.000 claims description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003779 hair growth Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003020 moisturizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000002374 sebum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000037394 skin elasticity Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000036548 skin texture Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000013526 supercooled liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000004243 sweat Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)F TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000037331 wrinkle reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000006750 UV protection Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003681 hair reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000037330 wrinkle prevention Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 125000000963 oxybis(methylene) group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)OC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 121
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 83
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 78
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 32
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 28
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 28
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 26
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 11
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N all-trans-retinol Chemical compound OC\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N 0.000 description 10
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000004209 hair Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002918 waste heat Substances 0.000 description 6
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 13-cis retinol Natural products OCC=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229960003471 retinol Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000020944 retinol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000011607 retinol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- -1 e.g. Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000859 sublimation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008022 sublimation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000003954 umbilical cord Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000031700 light absorption Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 3
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHBHBVVOGNECLV-OBQKJFGGSA-N 11-deoxycortisol Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 WHBHBVVOGNECLV-OBQKJFGGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HMEKVHWROSNWPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Erioglaucine A Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 HMEKVHWROSNWPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RZSYLLSAWYUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Fast green FCF Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C(=CC(O)=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 RZSYLLSAWYUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000012745 brilliant blue FCF Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004161 brilliant blue FCF Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012459 cleaning agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000017525 heat dissipation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- KHLVKKOJDHCJMG-QDBORUFSSA-L indigo carmine Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].N/1C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C(=O)C\1=C1/NC2=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])C=C2C1=O KHLVKKOJDHCJMG-QDBORUFSSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229960003988 indigo carmine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000012738 indigotine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004179 indigotine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005461 lubrication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000696 magnetic material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000009428 plumbing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229950003937 tolonium Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HNONEKILPDHFOL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tolonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(C)C(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 HNONEKILPDHFOL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 5-oxo-L-proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000144927 Aloe barbadensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002961 Aloe barbadensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 0 C*CCC1(*)CCCC1 Chemical compound C*CCC1(*)CCCC1 0.000 description 1
- YDNKGFDKKRUKPY-JHOUSYSJSA-N C16 ceramide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)C=CCCCCCCCCCCCCC YDNKGFDKKRUKPY-JHOUSYSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMSXQFUHVRWGNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Decamethylcyclopentasiloxane Chemical compound C[Si]1(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O1 XMSXQFUHVRWGNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016942 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010020843 Hyperthermia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004909 Moisturizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- CRJGESKKUOMBCT-VQTJNVASSA-N N-acetylsphinganine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)NC(C)=O CRJGESKKUOMBCT-VQTJNVASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001069 Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000028990 Skin injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019486 Sunflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005083 Zinc sulfide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011399 aloe vera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003444 anaesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008163 avocado oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021302 avocado oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940038481 bee pollen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011449 brick Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940106189 ceramide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZVEQCJWYRWKARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ceramide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(=O)NC(CO)C(O)C=CCCC=C(C)CCCCCCCCC ZVEQCJWYRWKARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940107161 cholesterol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000490 cosmetic additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940086555 cyclomethicone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940008099 dimethicone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013013 elastic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002549 elastin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SEACYXSIPDVVMV-UHFFFAOYSA-L eosin Y Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C([O-])=C(Br)C=C21 SEACYXSIPDVVMV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004299 exfoliation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001815 facial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005294 ferromagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068517 fruit extracts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008169 grapeseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003780 hair follicle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036031 hyperthermia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004657 indocyanine green Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M indocyanine green Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCCN1C2=CC=C3C=CC=CC3=C2C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](CCCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C2C1(C)C MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron Substances [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron oxide Inorganic materials [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(II,III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]O[Fe]=O SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002085 irritant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000021 irritant Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940119170 jojoba wax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000448 lactic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001333 moisturizer Effects 0.000 description 1
- VVGIYYKRAMHVLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N newbouldiamide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC VVGIYYKRAMHVLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010033675 panniculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006552 photochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002428 photodynamic therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000419 plant extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940093932 potassium hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004224 protection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940079889 pyrrolidonecarboxylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003716 rejuvenation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001846 repelling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031070 response to heat Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010944 silver (metal) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010040882 skin lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000444 skin lesion Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002920 sorbitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004304 subcutaneous tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002600 sunflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045136 urea Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009834 vaporization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008016 vaporization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019155 vitamin A Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011719 vitamin A Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052984 zinc sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DRDVZXDWVBGGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc;sulfide Chemical compound [S-2].[Zn+2] DRDVZXDWVBGGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/18—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves
- A61B18/20—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves using laser
- A61B18/203—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves using laser applying laser energy to the outside of the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B18/18—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves
- A61B18/20—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves using laser
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00022—Sensing or detecting at the treatment site
- A61B2017/00057—Light
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B2018/00005—Cooling or heating of the probe or tissue immediately surrounding the probe
- A61B2018/00011—Cooling or heating of the probe or tissue immediately surrounding the probe with fluids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B2018/00315—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
- A61B2018/00452—Skin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B18/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
- A61B2018/00636—Sensing and controlling the application of energy
- A61B2018/00904—Automatic detection of target tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0613—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
- A61N5/062—Photodynamic therapy, i.e. excitation of an agent
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Otolaryngology (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Thermotherapy And Cooling Therapy Devices (AREA)
- Radiation-Therapy Devices (AREA)
- Laser Surgery Devices (AREA)
- Cosmetics (AREA)
Abstract
Methods and systems are disclosed for phototreatment in which replaceable containers comprising one or more adjuvant (consumable or re-useable) substances are employed. The adjuvant substance can be, for example, a topic al substance or a coolant. Systems are disclosed for using a topical substance to detect contact of a phototreatment to device with a tissue, detect speed of a phototreatment device over the tissue, detect regions of tissue that have be en treated by a phototreatment device and/or to provide other benefits to the tissue such as improved skin tone and texture, tanning, etc. Safety systems are also disclosed that ensure that a proper consumable substance and/or container is connected to a phototreatment device and/or directed to a prope r target. Additionally, cooling systems and methods that utilize phase change materials for extracting heat from a light generating device are disclosed.< /SDOAB>
Description
PHOTOTREATMENT DEVICE FOR USE WITH COOLANTS
AND TOPICAL SUBSTANCES
PRIORITY
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application No. 10/154,756 filed May 23, 2002 and claims priority to U.S. provisional application No.
60/420,645 filed October 23, 2002 and U.S. provisional application No. 60/498,258 filed August 25, 2003.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed generally to systems and methods for phototreatment in which adjuvant substances are used for cooling or topical applications.
There exists a variety of conditions that are treatable using phototreatments of tissue (e.g., phototherapeutic and photocosmetic treatments). Such phototreatments include light-based hair removal, treatment of various skin lesions (including pigmented and vascular lesions as well as acne), tattoo removal, facial skin improvement, fat and cellulite treatment, scar removal, and skin rejuvenation (including wrinkle reduction and improvement of tone and texture), odor redaction, acne treatment to name a few.
Typically, light from a phototreatment device treats a tissue using a photothermal mechanism (i.e., a target structure or a tissue proximate the target structure is heated to effect the treatment) and/or a photodynamic therapy mechanism (i.e., the light causes a photochemical reaction). A variety of different light sources can be incorporated into a handpiece of a photocosmetic device for generating radiation suitable for a desired treatment of a patient's skin. These light sources, which can be either coherent or non-coherent, can emit light at a single wavelength, multiple wavelengths or in one or more wavelength bands. Some examples of such light sources include, without limitation, diode lasers, LEDs, arc lamps, flash lamps, tungsten lamps, and any other suitable light emitting devices.
Such light sources typically convert a portion of an applied electrical energy into optical energy while the rest of the electrical energy is converted into waste heat. For example, in a photocosmetic device that utilizes a diode laser bar as the source of optical radiation, up to about 40 - 60% of the electrical energy may be converted into waste heat. For LEDs, this loss can be as high as 70-99%. Other light sources may exhibit different efficiencies for generating optical energy. However, in general, a substantial amount of waste heat is generated that needs to be removed in order to ensure proper operation of the light source and to prevent shortening its lifetime. In addition, heat removal is important to ensure that the temperature of the components of the handpiece that are in contact with a patient's skin remain in a suitable range that is not damaging to the skin.
Adjuvant substances include consumable and reusable coolants to be applied to l0 one or more target components of a phototreatment device. For example, because of the use of high-power radiation to perform phototreatments, one or more electronic or optical components may generate significant amounts of heat. Such components include, for example, laser diodes, LED or high-power electrical components.
Coolants for removing heat from such components have been used to reduce the expense of I5 maintaining phototreatment devices by increasing their operational lifetimes and/or to improve their safety.
Phototreatment devices are also often used with other consumable materials including, for example, topical substances. Conventional topical substances include any suitable topical liquid or emollient, such as a lotion, gel, water, alcohol, or oil. Such 2o topical substances may be used, for example, to improve the safety of a device, efficacy of a treatment, cosmetic qualities of a treated tissue, and/or comfort of a patient.
While consumable substances, such as those discussed above may provide benefits, the use of consumable materials may lead to difficulty and expense in packaging, handling, and manufacturing of phototreatment devices employing such 2s materials. Hence, there is a need for methods and systems that allow efficient and cost effective delivery of adjuvant substances during phototreatment.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Methods and systems are disclosed for phototreatment in which replaceable 30 containers comprising one or more adjuvant (consumable or re-useable) substances are employed. The adjuvant substance can be, for example, a topical substance or a coolant.
Systems are disclosed for using a topical substance to detect contact of a phototreatment device with a tissue, detect speed of a phototreatment device over the tissue, detect regions of tissue that have been treated by a phototreatment device and/or to provide other benefits to the tissue such as improved skin tone and texture, tanning, etc. Safety systems are also disclosed that ensure that a proper consumable substance and/or container is connected to a phototreatment device and/or directed to a proper target.
Additionally, cooling systems and methods that utilize phase change materials for extracting heat from a light generating device are disclosed.
In one aspect, the invention provides a container having a container housing defining at least one compartment therein, a substance contained in the compartment, and an indicator coupled to the compartment for monitoring substance release during phototreatment. The housing and compartment are capable of being coupled to a phototreatment device to provide a flow path for substance release during phototreatment. The compartment can be fluidly coupled to at least one element selected from the group consisting of a head of a phototreatment device, a heat ~ 5 dissipating element in the phototreatment device, a target area, and a tissue region to be treated. The indicator can indicate an aspect of the container (i.e., amount of substance contained therein, temperature, etc.) or the substance (i.e., temperature, activity, etc.).
The indicator can be selected, for example, from the group including mechanical indicia, optical indicia, magnetic indicia, electronic indicia, and piezoelectronic indicia. The 2o substance can be a consumable substance and can contain a marker.
In another aspect of the invention, a subassembly is disclosed for use with a phototreatment device to treat a tissue. The subassembly has a container capable of storing a substance and coupling to the phototreatment device. The subassembly can further include a detector coupled to the container and configured and arranged to 25 monitor a substance parameter. The container can have an outlet to allow release and/or replenishing of the substance, which can be a consumable substance, such as a coolant and a topical substance. Non-limiting examples of a topical substance include lotions, water, alcohols, oils, gels, powders, aerosols, granular particles, creams, gels, waxes, and films. The consumable substance can include a super-cooled liquid, a pressurized gas, 30 or a phase change material. For example, the consumable substance can be a phase-changing material exhibiting a phase transition from a liquid to a gaseous state or exhibiting a phase transition from a solid to a liquid state. Suitable phase change materials include, but are not limited to, liquid carbon tetrafluoride, liquid COz, ice, frozen lotions, frozen wax, frozen creams and frozen gels. The container can be fluidly coupled to the device, a tissue region, a target area, a head of the device, or a heat dissipating element located within the device, e.g., located in a handle of the device.
The container can also contain a reusable substance, such as a phase-change material.
The detector can be a mechanical detector, an optical detector, a magnetic detector, an electronic detector, and a piezoelectronic detector. The subassembly can be replaced by the user.
In another aspect, the invention discloses a container having a housing defining at least one compartment therein, a substance contained in the compartment.
The housing and the compartment are capable of coupling to a phototreatment device to permit heat transfer between the substance and the device. The container further includes an indicator coupled to the compartment. The compartment is capable of being fluidly coupled to at least one of a head of a phototreatment device, a heat dissipating t 5 element, or a tissue to be treated. The substance contained in the container can be a re-useable substance, such as a phase change material, or a consumable substance, such as a coolant or topical substance. The substance can further contain a marker.
Non-limiting examples of markers include absorptive markers, photoactive markers, optical markers, fluorescent markers, electric markers, and magnetic markers. The marker can 2o indicate an aspect of the substance. The marker can be selected from the group consisting of dyes, metals, ions, colored particles, photosensitive dyes, photosensitive materials, carbon particles, conductive skin lotions, electrolyte sprays, conductive electrode gels, and oxides.
At least one compartment of the container can have a first compartment and a 25 second compartment, the first compartment is adapted to couple to a tissue, and the second compartment is adapted to couple to a heat dissipating element in the phototreatment device. The first compartment can contain a topical substance, such as lotion, cream, wax, film, water, alcohol, oil, gel, powder, aerosol, and granular particles.
The topical substance can achieve at least one of moisturizing skin, UV
protection, 3o tanning skin, improving skin texture, improving skin tone, reduction and/or prevention of cellulite, reduction and/or prevention of acne, wrinkle reduction and/or prevention of wrinkles, reduction of scars, reduction and/or prevention of vascular lesions, reduction in pore size, oil reduction in sebum secretion, skin elasticity improvement, reduction in sweat secretion, reduction and/or improvement of odor, body hair reduction or removal, and stimulation of hair growth. The second compartment of the container can contain a coolant. Non-limiting examples of a coolant include liquid tetrafluorethane (R-134a), liquid COZ, ice, frozen lotion, frozen gel, cristallohydrates (45%CaCI*6H20:
55%CaBr*6H20 ore KF*4H20), organic materials as HO(CZH40)8C2H40H (PE
Glycol), Caprilic acid, Hexadecane, and Paraffin 5913. A single consumable substance can function as a topical substance and a coolant, and can be directed to both tissue and a heat dissipating element. In some embodiments of the present invention, a container t0 for a topical substance and/or coolant comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element of the phototreatment device.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of operating a phototreatment device comprising the steps of coupling a container of an adjuvant substance, having an indicator associated therewith to permit monitoring of the substance, to a phototreatment device, determining a value of the indicator, and enabling operation of the phototreatment device if the value is acceptable. The step of enabling operation can include, for example, activating a radiation source. The indicator can be, without limitation, an optical indicator, mechanical indicator, electronic indicator, and magnetic 2o indicator.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides a system, having a radiation source, a detector, and a processor, for measuring a speed of motion of a phototreatment device over a tissue region, where the phototreatment device has an electromagnetic source to effect a phototreatment and the tissue region has a substance applied thereto.
An applicator coupled to the phototreatment device can be used for depositing the substance, which can contain a marker, onto the tissue prior to irradiation of the tissue region by the radiation source. The substance contains a marker. Non-limiting examples of markers include fluorescent markers, absorptive markers, electrical markers, optical markers, and magnetic markers. The radiation source can be positioned on the phototreatment device to irradiate the tissue region and the applied substance.
The detector is associated with the phototherapeutic device configured and arranged to monitor the substance. The processor calculates a speed of motion of the phototreatment device based on signals from the detector. The radiation source can be further coupled to the phototreatment device for irradiating a plurality of tissue locations and the substance applied thereto as the device moves over the tissue region. The detector can be further coupled to the phototreatment device at a selected distance from the radiation source and arranged to monitor a response of the substance at an irradiated location subsequent to the irradiation. The processor can be further coupled to the detector for comparing the monitored response with a pre-selected value to determine a continues or discrete speed of motion of the phototreatment device.
The system can contain a comparator for comparing the calculated speed of to motion with a defined maximum speed value in order to determine when the calculated speed has exceeded a threshold established by the defined maximum speed. A
maximum speed can be in the 10-500 mm/sec range. A comparator can also be used for comparing the calculated speed of motion with a defined minimum speed value in order to determine when the calculated speed has fallen below a threshold established by the ~5 defined minimum speed. A minimum speed can be in the 5-100 mm/sec range.
The system also contains a shut-off switch responsive to a control signal to terminate phototreatment when the speed has fallen below the threshold, thereby preventing potential injury to the user, or when the speed is above the threshold, thereby preventing ineffective treatment. For example, the control signal can enable the processor to 2o control the electromagnetic source based on the speed of the phototherapeutic device.
The shut-off switch can include a shutter that blocks the radiation and/or an alarm to alert the user.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of operating a phototreatment device that includes the steps of applying a topical substance to a tissue, detecting a 2s parameter associated with the topical substance, and enabling operation of the phototreatment device based on a detected value of the substance parameter.
In yet another aspect, a phototreatment device for use with a marker is disclosed.
The device includes a radiation source to effect a phototreatment on a region of tissue, and a detector assembly to detect the marker and to selectively activate the radiation 3o source based on marker detection. The detector can be, for example, an optical detector, a heat detector, an electronic detector, a mechanical detector, or a magnetic detector.
The detector assembly can be configured and arranged to detect a reflected portion of light from an object, and to determine if the object is a tissue. The device can also have an applicator configured and arranged to deposit the marker in at least a portion of the region.
In other aspects, applicants have realized that a phase transition of a phase change material can be employed to extract heat from an element that is heated or generates heat ("heated element") and is incorporated in a handpiece of a photocosmetic device. The heated element may be any element that generates heat. Such heat generating elements can include, for example, a light source, a portion of a patient's skin or electronics incorporated in the device. Further, a heated element can include any to element that receives heat (i.e., it is heated) from a heat generating source. Such elements can include, for example, a heat sink, a heat exchanger, a heat spreader, a heat pipe, a heat transfer element, a circulating gas or liquid, or components (including optical components) that are in thermal contact with a treatment site. The term "phase change material," as used herein, refers to any substance or compound that exhibits at t 5 least two phases between which a transition can be caused by either removing heat from or depositing heat into the substance or compound. The transition between these phases typically occurs at a well defined temperature herein referred to as a phase transition temperature, which can depend on ambient pressure. The heat deposited or removed from such a phase transition material at the phase transition temperature is herein 2o referred to as the latent heat associated with the phase transition. For example, a phase change material can be initially in a solid phase, and can transition into a liquid phase by absorbing an amount of heat, which is herein referred to as the latent heat of melting.
In many embodiments of the invention described below, ice is employed as a phase change material for removing waste heat generated by a light source incorporated 25 in a handpiece of a photocosmetic device. Applicants have discovered that ice is a particularly suitable material for use in various embodiments of the invention because it exhibits a fairly high latent heat of melting, namely, 330 J/g at atmospheric pressure, thus providing an efficient mechanism for heat removal. Further, melting of ice generates water, which is a biologically compatible substance, is environmentally safe, 3o and can be mixed with skin beneficial compounds. Although ice is described below as one preferred substance whose phase transition can be utilized in the practice of the invention for heat removal, it should be understood that other suitable phase transition materials can also be employed. Further, rather than utilizing the latent heat of melting, _g_ the latent heat of sublimation of a phase transition material, such as dry ice, can be utilized in the practice of the invention to remove heat from a heated element.
A variety of different embodiments that utilize such phase change for cooling a photocosmetic device are described below. In principle, the phase change medium, e.g., ice, can be provided in the handpiece itself to be in thermal contact with a heat generator (e.g., a light source), typically via a heat transfer element (e.g., a copper block), or in thermal contact with any other heated element. Alternatively, the phase transition medium can be provided in a base of the photocosmetic device to extract heat from a cooling fluid that circulates between the base and the handpiece to cool a heat generator (e.g., light source) or any other heated element (e.g., the optical system that delivers light onto a patient's skin). Those having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that other alternative approaches are also possible. For example, phase transition media can be provided both in the handpiece for direct cooling of the heated elements in the t5 handpiece (e.g., the skin and/or light source) and in the base for functioning as a heat exchanger for electronics.
In one aspect, the invention provides a closed-loop (renewable) cooling system for extracting heat from a heated element of a photocosmetic device in which a phase change medium, e.g., ice, subsequent to its phase transition as a result of heat absorption 2o is regenerated in a state suitable for heat extraction, and is reused. The regeneration of the phase change medium can be performed, for example, by a refrigeration unit incorporated in, or externally coupled to the photocosmetic device.
In another aspect, a phase change medium is utilized to extract heat from a circulating fluid that in turn removes heat from a heated element of a photocosmetic 2s device. The phase change medium can be located remotely relative to the heated element.
The term "thermal contact" is generally known in the art. To the extent that a definition may be needed, this term as used herein in intended to encompass any coupling between at least two elements that allows transfer of heat between them. Such 3o a thermal coupling can be obtained by a direct physical contact between the elements, or via an intermediate heat conducting element, or heat pipe or loop with circulating gas or liquid. A heat exchanger is a device for transferring heat from one medium to another, for example, from water to air, from ice to water, or from water to water. The better the thermal contact between the media, the more effective the heat exchanger.
Alternatively, or in addition, radiative heat transfer can be established between two elements without direct physical contact or the use of an intermediate heat conducting element. Hence, in general, two elements are in thermal contact so long as heat can be transferred between them.
In further aspects, the invention provides a cartridge that can contain a selected quantity of a phase change material. The cartridge can couple to a heated element incorporated in a photocosmetic device, so as to bring the phase change material into l0 thermal contact therewith. The heat transfer from the heated element to the phase change medium causes a phase transition of the phase change medium, for example, from a solid state to a liquid state, thereby removing heat from the heated element. The cartridge can further include a flow path for directing fluid, which can be generated following the phase change, away from the heated element.
15 In another aspect, the invention provides a cartridge for storing a phase change medium, which can be removably and replaceably placed within the flow path of a cooling fluid utilized for extracting heat from a heated element of a photocosmetic device. A phase transition of the phase change medium removes heat carried by the cooling fluid, thereby lowering its temperature.
20 In another aspect, the invention provides mechanisms for applying pressure to a phase change medium to facilitate maintaining good or optimum thermal contact between the phase change medium and a heated element incorporated in a photocosmetic device. The applied pressure ensures that the phase change medium remains in good or optimum thermal contact with the heated element as the heat from 2s the heated element causes a phase transition of the phase change medium at its interface with the heated element.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides a cooling device, in which a phase change medium can be stored, that can couple to an optically transmissive element of a handpiece of a photocosmetic device so as to provide thermal contact between the phase 30 change medium and the optical element. A phase transition of the phase change medium extracts heat from the optical element, thereby maintaining its temperature in an acceptable range.
Although several of the following embodiments are directed to cooling a light source incorporated in a photocosmetic device, those having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the teachings of the invention can be employed to cool light sources incorporated in other devices, such as, military, consumer or commercial lighting, industrial, medical and a variety of consumer devices. In general, the teachings of the invention are applicable to cooling any light source having a finite operational life time.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
to Illustrative, non-limiting embodiments of the present invention will be described by way of example with reference to the accompanying drawings.
FIG. lA is a schematic view of one example of an embodiment of a phototreatment device to treat a tissue according to aspects of the present invention;
FIG. IB is a schematic view illustrating some aspects of a self contained phototreatment device according to the present invention;
FIG. 2 is a schematic view of a phototreatment device including a consumable substance application system according to aspects of the present invention;
FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of a first example of a container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a phototreatment device;
z5 FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of a second example of a container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a phototreatment device;
FIG. 3C is a cross-sectional view of a third example of a container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a phototreatment device;
FIG. 4A is a schematic view of an exemplary embodiment of an application system for use with a replaceable container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a head of a phototreatment device;
FIG. 4B is a second schematic view of an exemplary embodiment of an application system for use with a replaceable container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a head to of a phototreatment device;
FIG. 4C is a top view of an embodiment of a container;
FIG. 4D is a bottom view of an embodiment of a container;
FIG. SA is a first schematic view of a phototreatment device having an indicia-based, detection and enablement system for use with a phototreatment device;
FIG. 5B is a schematic view of a container for use with an indicia-based 2o detection and enablement system;
FIG. 6 is a schematic view of a container having a region to cool a heat dissipating element in a phototreatment device;
FIG. 7 is a block diagram that schematically depicts an exemplary embodiment of the invention in which the phase change medium is in direct thermal contact with a heated element incorporated in a photocosmetic device, to cool the heated element during operation of the device;
3o FIG. 8A is a block diagram that schematically depicts another exemplary embodiment of the invention in which a phase change material is employed to extract heat from a circulating fluid that cools a light source of a photocosmetic device;
FIG. 8B is a block diagram that schematically depicts yet another exemplary embodiment having a removable heat exchanger that can be coupled to a photocosmetic device to transfer heat from a circulating cooling fluid, which extracts heat from a light source of the device, to a phase change material;
F1G. 9 is a cut-away, schematic perspective view of an exemplary handpiece of a photocosmetic device according to one embodiment of the invention;
to FIG. 10 is a cut-away view of an ice cartridge coupled to a heat sink of the handpiece shown in FIG. 9;
FIG. 11 is a cut-away view of the cartridge shown in FIG. 10 prior to its engagement with the heat sink;
FIG. 12 schematically illustrates coupling of the cartridge of FIG. 11 with the heatsink of the handpiece of FIG. 10;
FIG. 13 schematically illustrates full engagement of the ice cartridge of FIG.
2o with the heat sink of the handpiece of FIG. 10;
FIG. 14 schematically shows a handpiece of a photocosmetic device of the invention that allows diverting a portion of a liquid generated as a result of melting of a phase change material onto a treatment area of a patient's skin;
FIGS 15A is a schematic perspective view of a cooling mechanism, coupling the cartridge of FIG. 11 onto a base unit of a photocosmetic device and utilizing a TE cooler provided in the base unit for freezing water contained in the cartridge into ice;
3o FIG. 1 SB is a schematic perspective view of another mechanism for cooling a cartridge containing a phase change medium;
FIG. 16 is a block diagram that schematically illustrates a heat exchanger according to one embodiment of the invention that can removably and replaceably couple to a base unit of a photocosmetic device for cooling a fluid circulating between the base unit and a handpiece of the device for removing heat from a heated element incorporated in the handpiece;
FIG. 17 is a schematic perspective view of a cassette containing ice coupled to a base unit of a photocosmetic device for removing heat from a heat exchanger provided t o in the base unit;
FIG. 18A is a schematic perspective view of the cassette of FIG. 17 coupled to a receiving module in a base unit of the photocosmetic device;
~5 FIG. 18B schematically illustrates the cassette and the receiving module of FIG.
18A in a disengaged state;
FIG. 19 is a cut-away perspective view schematically illustrating various components of the cassette of FIG. 18B;
FIG. 20 illustrates coupling of the cassette of FIG. 19 with a heat exchanger provided in the receiving module of FIG. 18B;
FIG. 21 schematically illustrates reduction of ice volume in a lower portion of an ice container of the cassette of FIG. 20 as the heat removed from a heated element of the photocosmetic device causes melting of the ice;
FIG. 22 schematically illustrates that upon melting of all of the ice in a lower portion of the container of FIG. 21, the generated water is accumulated in an upper 3o portion of the container;
FIG. 23 schematically illustrates a cooling device for removing heat from an optical transmissive element of a handpiece of a photocosmetic device according to one embodiment of the invention;
FIG. 24A and FIG. 24B schematically illustrate alternative implementations of the cooling device of FIG. 23;
FIG. 25A is a graphical representation of absorption spectra for some exemplary dyes suitable for use as markers of areas to be treated;
FIG. 25B is a graphical representation of exemplary absorption spectra for some exemplary, biocompatible dyes suitable for use as markers of areas to be treated;
t5 Fig. 26 illustrates photo-enhancement of transcutaneous penetration of a retinol-containing preparation observed in in vitro conditions;
FIG. 27 is a schematic view of a system for measuring a speed of motion of a device on a tissue using a layer of marker material; and FIG. 28 is a schematic illustration of another aspect of the present invention directed to visibly indicating an area that has been treated.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Aspects of phototreatment devices according to the present invention, for use in medical or non-medical environments, may include, for example, the following characteristics: (1) reduced thermal tissue damage (for example, it is desirable to avoid wounds and other skin injuries); (2) improved safety and efficacy (e.g., the device increases the likelihood that the appropriate consumable substances are used;
that the 3o device is in contact with particular tissue to be treated to avoid injury to sensitive tissues (e.g., the eyes); that the device is moved over tissue within a particular range of speeds;
and that treated areas are not overtreated); (3) easy maintenance (preferably maintaining a device in useable condition and replacing expended parts can be easily accomplished);
(4) easy manufacture (e.g., preferably the device is manufacturable in high volume); (5) low-cost manufacture and operation (e.g., preferably the device is available and operable at a reasonable price); (6) small package size (preferably the device is small and easily stored, for example, in a bathroom); (7) improved patient comfort during treatment (i.e., the device preferably results in reduced pain from light or mechanical action); (8) ease of use (e.g., providing a visual indication of regions of tissue that have been treated or regions to be treated); (9) it is capable of providing additional aesthetic benefits (e.g., application of a self tanning substance). Currently available phototreatment devices to have limitations related to one or more ofthe above characteristics.
The present invention provides systems and methods for using a phototreatment device with a substance, which can provide beneficial effects to the user such as cooling the target area, providing a means for generating a safety shut-off mechanism, marking the area that has been treated, delivering therapeutic effects to the patient, etc. The 15 substance is contained within a compartment that is coupled to the phototreatment device. The substance can be an adjuvant substance, which is either consumable or re-useable.
I. Substances: Consumable and Reuseable 2o The container described in the present invention can be used with an adjuvant substance. An "adjuvant substance" as used herein is intended to include both re-useable substances (i.e., phase change coolant materials) and consumable substances (i.e., topical substances and disposable coolants).
A coolant may be any suitable transportable material capable of absorbing heat.
25 For example, a coolant may comprise tetrafluorethan (R-134a), liquid CO2, ice, frozen lotion, wax or frozen gel. In some embodiments, the coolant is a phase change material (i.e., a material that changes phase in response to addition or removal of heat). Example of phase transition substances include : cristallohydrates (45%CaCI*6H20:
55%CaBr*6H20 ore KF*4H20), organic materials as HO(CZH40)8CZH40H (PE
30 Glycol), Caprilic acid, Hexadecane and Paraffin 5913. For example, the container may contain a pressurized gas in liquid phase (such that the liquid coolant is projected onto a target to absorb heat from the target, and in response to heat absorbed, the liquid changes to a gas), or a solid state material (e.g., a powder or granules or a block of material) with a melting temperature below the temperature of the target heat dissipating element.
Various other phase changing materials may be used.
A topical substance may be any suitable transportable material to perform any suitable function. For example, a topical substance may enhance the efficacy of a phototreatment (e.g., coupling light from a source into a tissue, or by removing residual hairs), increase safety of a phototreatment device (e.g., cooling the tissue, indicating areas that have been treated, indicating rate of movement of the device over the tissue), provide comfort to a patient during or after a phototreatment (e.g., by containing mild 1o anesthetic ingredients and/or by cooling), or provide additional benefits for the skin and subcutaneous tissue (e.g., by moisturizing skin, tanning skin, ultraviolet (UV) protection, improving skin texture and tones, improvement of skin elasticity, reduction or prevention of cellulite, decreasing the appearance of cellulite, reduction and/or prevention of acne, reduction and or prevention of wrinkles, decreasing the appearance t 5 of scars, reduction and/or prevention of vascular lesions, reduction in pore size, oil reduction in sebum secretion, reduction of sweat, reduction of odor, reduction or removal of body hair, stimulation of hair growth, etc.). In some embodiments, penetration of a tissue by topical substances may be photo-enhanced and/or the effect of the topical substance may be photo-enhanced by radiation from source 125.
20 According to some aspects of the present invention, a topical substance may comprise a lotion, water, alcohol, oil, gel, powder, aerosol, granular particles, cream, gel, wax, film or any other suitable substance. Exemplary topical substances are preferably: biocompatible; have a low absorption coefficient for the wavelength or wavelengths of light that effects a phototreatment (e.g., less than 1 cm ~);
and have a low 25 scattering coefficient for the wavelength of light that effects a phototreatment (e.g., less than 10 cm-~ ).
Topical substances for use with phototreatment devices operated in contact with a tissue preferably have: a refractive index close to the refractive index of the epidermis (e.g., the index may be 1.3-1.6, and preferably 1.4-1.55); a high thermal conductivity 30 (e.g., greater than 0.1-1 W/m/K); and a good lubrication effect. It is to be appreciated that a topical substance can be applied to the treatment region by the patient or operator, or be dispensed from a suitable dispensing device. It is to be appreciated that a consumable substance may have multiple purposes and effects, for example, the consumable substance may operate both as a topical substance and a coolant. In such embodiments, a substance may be fluidly coupled to the tissue and the heat dissipating element, or the substance may be fluidly coupled only to the tissue but provide both cooling and other benefits to the tissue.
In other aspects of the present invention, efficacy and/or safety of a phototreatment may be improved where the topical substance itself (which may or may not be a coolant) or a marker (added to the topical substance) is used to designate an area to be treated, facilitate detection of motion of a phototreatment device over tissue, and/or to facilitate measurement of speed of said motion.
Phase change materials can be used as re-useable substances. The phase transition of a phase change material can be from a solid phase to a liquid phase, i.e., melting of ice, or from a solid phase to a gas phase, i.e., sublimation of dry ice stored in a cartridge. The phase-change material can be employed for removing heat from the l5 light source. Ice is a particularly good choice for the phase change material because it exhibits a high latent heat of melting and is biologically and environmentally safe. It should, however, be appreciated that any other suitable phase change material can also be utilized in the practice of the invention. In some embodiments, a frozen mixture of water and an additive, such as salt or alcohol, can be used as the phase change material.
2o Other examples of the phase change material include gallium and wax. In general, a suitable phase change material preferably exhibits a relatively high latent heat of melting to allow efficient heat dissipation, and is biologically safe. In addition, the phase change material is preferably safe for release into the surrounding environment.
Further, skin beneficial ingredients can be added to the phase change material to be released onto a 25 portion of the patient's skin during treatment of the skin by the photocosmetic device.
Such ingredients can provide beneficial and/or therapeutic effects independent of the therapeutic effects provided by the exposure of the skin to light or heating or cooling provided by the photocosmetic device. Alternatively, the skin beneficial ingredients can be photo or thermally activated by the device to provide their intended beneficial effects.
3o A single or multi-use cartridge containing both phase change material and skin beneficial ingredients can be configured in many ways including a) a phase change material (such as ice) mixed with skin beneficial ingredients in a single chamber or b) a phase change material and skin beneficial ingredients located in two separate chambers.
The cartridge can be located either in the base unit or the handpiece and can be designed to be replaceable by the user.
For a single-use cartridge, the user would simply replace the old cartridge with a new one prior to treatment. Assuming ice is used as the phase change material to cool the light source, a supply of single-use cartridges could be kept in the freezer and used as needed.
For a multi-use ice 'cartridge with separate chambers for the captive ice/water and beneficial ingredients delivered to skin, the water could be refrozen after use. The multi-to use cartridge could be designed to contain enough skin beneficial ingredients for 10 (nominal) treatments. If a marker was mixed in with the skin beneficial ingredients and the device was designed to activate only when the marker was detected, then the user would be forced to replace the cartridge even though the water could again be refrozen.
The lotion dispensed on the skin can contain both skin beneficial ingredients and ~ s compounds designed to improve the thermal and optical contact between handpiece and skin. In the case of a handpiece designed for unidirectional scanning across the skin surface, the lotion can be deposited on the skin either pre or post laser irradiation. By depositing a lotion designed to improve thermal and optical contact prior to laser irradiation, improved safety and efficacy can be achieved. A lotion cooled by the ice in 20 the cartridge could be applied to the skin post irradiation to make the treatment more comfortable for the user. Whether applied pre or post irradiation, the lotion will provide lubrication, which allows the handpiece to be easily scanned across the skin surface.
II. Phototreatment Devices Coupled to a Container 25 FIG. lA is a schematic view of one example of an embodiment of a phototreatment device 100 to treat a target area or tissue 150, for example, skin.
Typically, photocosmetic treatments involve treating a target area located within an epidermal or dermal layer. For example, in the case of hair removal, it may be desirable to heat a bulb 152 of a hair follicle 160. Phototreatment device 100 includes a base unit 30 120, an umbilical cord 132 (also referred to herein as a "cord"), and a handpiece 170.
According to an aspect of the present invention, phototreatment device 100 also includes a replaceable container 130 containing a consumable substance comprising, for example, a coolant or a topical substance. In other embodiments, container 130 may contain a topical substance and be fluidly connected to tissue 150.
Base unit 120 may include a power supply 124 to power an electromagnetic radiation (EMR) source 125 (also referred to herein simply as a "source"), which effects a phototreatment. Power supply 124 may be connected to an external power source or an internal battery. EMR source 125 may be any source (e.g., a laser, a lamp, an LED, or collected sunlight) capable of producing electromagnetic radiation to effect any presently-known or later-developed phototreatment. Power supply 124 may be to electrically coupled to handpiece 170 via cord 132. Cord 132 is preferably lightweight and flexible.
Handpiece 170 includes a treatment head 180 (also referred to as a "head") configured to be used in proximity to tissue 150, and a handle 190 that may be grasped by an operator to move head 180 in any direction across tissue 150. For example, head t 5 180 may be pushed across the tissue in a forward direction 105 or pulled across the tissue in a backward direction 106. Handpiece 170 may be mechanically driven by a suitable mechanical apparatus or hand-scanned manually across tissue 150.
Typically, during a given stroke (i.e., movement over tissue 150), contact will be maintained between head 180 and tissue 150 while head 180 is moved, although some 2o phototreatments according to the present invention may be achieved without contact.
Firm contact between head 180 and tissue 150 is preferable to ensure good thermal and optical contact therebetween. Phototreatment device 100 is further described in U.S.
Application 10/154,756 filed May 23, 2002, entitled "Cooling System for a Photocosmetic Device," by Altshuler et al., the entirety of which is hereby incorporated 25 by reference.
In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 1, source 125 is located in base unit and connected to head 180 via a light pipe (e.g., an optical fiber, not shown) in cord 132.
The light pipe may extend through handle 190, or may be otherwise connected to head 180 to deliver light to tissue 150. In some embodiments, the source is located in the 3o handpiece, for example, in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 2 below, a source 252 is located in a handpiece 280.
While the above embodiment of a phototreatment device is modular (i.e., having a separated base unit and handpiece), it is to be appreciated that phototreatment devices according to aspects of the present invention can be implemented in a self contained unit, in which an entire phototreatment device is implemented as a handheld device.
FIG. 1 B is a cross-sectional schematic of one embodiment of a self contained photocosmetic device according to the present invention. Handpiece 101 comprises an optical source 155, an optical system 144, and a container 146 for a consumable substance. The device is shown in contact with a tissue region 150'. Optical system 144 to couples light from light source 155 into a tissue region 150'.
A power supply 147 (e.g., battery or capacitor) supplies electrical current to optical source 155. In some embodiments, power source 147 may be charged via an electrical contact 151 or an electrical cord (not shown). An on/off button 143 controls the electrical power. A housing 153 may be used to enclose, protect, or mount one or t5 more of the above parts. Optionally, a hair removal device 154 (e.g., a razor) may be located to remove hair prior to irradiation by light from optical source 155 to ensure that substantially no hair extends above the skin surface. Further details regarding self contained devices are given in U.S. Application 10/154,756, incorporated by reference herein above. In some embodiments, container 130' is coupled to optical source 155 or 20 an optical system 144.
As described in greater detail below, in some embodiments, containers 130 and 130' can contain an adjuvant substance. An "adjuvant substance" as used herein is intended to include both re-useable substances (i.e., phase change materials) and consumable substances (i.e., topical substances and coolants).
25 In one embodiment, container 130 or 130', shown in FIG. lA and 1B, contains a coolant and is fluidly connected to a heat dissipating element of phototreatment device 100, 101 either in the base unit or in the handpiece (for example, heat dissipating element 222 illustrated in FIG. 2 below). The coolant may instead be or may also be fluidly connected to tissue 150, 150' to cool the tissue. The phrase "heat dissipating 3o element" is defined herein to mean any element that dissipates heat. A heat dissipating element may be a heat source (e.g., EMR source 125 or power supply 124) or an element that dissipates heat from a heat generating element (e.g., a heat sink or thermally conductive electrode).
FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of a phototreatment device 200 according to aspects of the present invention. A handpiece 280 includes a source 252 located to direct light from a head 272 onto a target area 250 (e.g., an area of a patient's skin) on which a selected phototreatment is to be performed.
A replaceable container 210 includes a consumable substance, for example, a coolant 215, that may be fluidly connected to tissue 250 and/or a heat dissipating element 222 in handpiece 280 and/or a heat dissipating element in base unit 220 (not shown). A "fluidly connected" container is defined herein as a container configured and arranged to deliver a substance (e.g., a consumable substance) to a selected location (e.g., a tissue and/or a heat dissipating element). For example, a fluidly connected container may be directly connected to a selected location or may be connected via a conduit and/or a valve. In some embodiments, container 210 is fluidly connected to a selected location (e.g., a tissue or heat dissipating element) via a conduit 270. A
is consumable substance to be delivered may be any suitable transportable substance. For example, a transportable substance may be a gas, liquid, gel, powder, granules, or any substance capable of being delivered from a container to a selected location.
Consumable substances may provide any benefits as described above and may provide benefits such as improved moisture, tone, texture, skin color, or exfoliation.
20 Additionally, for example, a consumable substance may have a suitable color or be capable of changing color after receiving light from a phototreatment device, for example, to identify regions of tissue that have been treated by a phototreatment device as described herein. As other examples, a consumable substance may be a fluorescent material for use in a measuring speed of the device over tissue as described herein, or 25 may provide any of a variety of other benefits as will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art.
A conduit may allow flow of the consumable substance to only tissue 250 or only to a heat dissipating element 222. Alternatively, conduit 270 may be bifurcated to allow flow of the consumable substance to both tissue 250 through a branch 270a, and a 30 heat dissipating element 222 through a branch 270b. Alternatively, container 210 may be coupled to two separate conduits, one to allow flow of the consumable substance to tissue 250, and one to allow flow to heat dissipating element 222. In some embodiments, conduit 270 may comprise rigid plumbing within the base unit 220, and may comprise flexible plumbing in the region of the umbilical cord 232 to allow a user to freely move and orient the handpiece 280. Conduit 270 may be located such that the consumable substance 215 is delivered onto an area of tissue 250 before, during and/or after phototreatment light is directed on the area of tissue.
As mentioned above, where a consumable substance 215 is a coolant, it may be any substance capable of absorbing heat. Preferably, the coolant is capable of efficiently absorbing heat. In some embodiments, the coolant changes phase as a result of absorbing heat from heat dissipating element 222 or tissue 250. The coolant may be a to liquid that becomes gaseous; or a solid or gel that becomes liquid or gaseous. For example, the coolant may be a pressurized liquid, such as liquid carbon tetrafluoride or liquid CO2, or the coolant may be a solid, such as ice, frozen lotion or frozen gel that evaporates and/or liquifies upon absorbing heat from a selected location (e.g., heat dissipating element 222 or tissue 250). In other embodiments, the coolant may be a t5 super-cooled liquid (i.e., liquid cooled below nominal freezing temperature of its principal component).
Consumable substance 215 may be pressurized using any known method such that the consumable substance may be projected onto a selected location upon release of the pressure via conduit 270. For example, consumable substance 215 may be 2o mechanically compressed by reducing the volume of container 210 (e.g., by a spring, repelling magnets, or other suitable apparatus for applying pressure). In some embodiments, consumable substance 21 S is a liquified gas under pressure, where container 210 includes a portion of liquified gas 215 and a portion of gas 218. In some embodiments, the pressure in the container projects a portion of liquified gas 215 to a 25 selected location. Alternatively, any suitable consumable substance 215 may be pressurized and projected by adding any suitable pressurized gas 218.
It is to be appreciated that a consumable substance may include a combination of materials. For example, a consumable substance 215 may comprise a coolant and a topical substance such that the consumable substance may be applied to tissue 250 and a 3o heat dissipating element 222.
One or more valves 230, 233, 234 may be included to control the release of consumable substance 215. Valves 230, 233, 234 may be any valves controllable using electrical, mechanical, magnetic controls or any other suitable valves. In some embodiments, one or more of valves 230, 233, 234 may be controllable based on speed of movement across the skin as measured by a motion sensor 240, or a temperature measured at the skin by a temperature sensor 242 or a temperature measured at heat dissipating element 222 by a temperature sensor 243. Motion sensor 240 and temperature sensors 242 and 243 are described in greater detail in U.S.
Application 10/154,756, incorporated by reference herein above.
Valves 230, 233, 234 may be located in any suitable location to control the release of consumable substance 215. In some embodiments, a valve 230 is connected to to container 210 or located in base unit 220, thereby avoiding adding to the size and weight of umbilical cord 236 or handpiece 280. In other embodiments, one or more valves 233 and 234 are located in handpiece 280, proximate a selected location (e.g., proximate tissue 250 or a heat dissipating element 222). For example, locating one or more valves in a handpiece 280 allows a pressurized liquid coolant 215 to be maintained in a liquid state to facilitate projecting the coolant onto the selected location in a liquid state; accordingly, as described above, the liquid coolant may change phase as a result of heat absorbed from a selected location.
In some embodiments, valve 230 is a displacement valve connected to container 210, and base unit 220 has a corresponding pin to displace valve 230 such that upon 2o proper positioning of container 210, valve 230 is activated and consumable substance 215 fills conduit 270. Optionally, container 210 and base unit 220 may be threaded such that container 210 is screwed into base unit 222.
1n some embodiments, base unit 220 maintains container 210 in a specific orientation. For example, container 210 may be maintained in an orientation such that valve 230 is at the bottom container 230 (i.e., gravity allows consumable substance 215 to flow through valve 230).
Although only one container is illustrated, phototreatment devices comprising two or more containers each containing a consumable substance, such as coolants and/or topical substances, are within the scope of the invention. As one of ordinary skill will 3o understand, in the case of two or more such containers, each of the containers is fluidly connected to one or more selected locations.
According to some embodiments of the invention, two containers may be connected to a single conduit or separate conduits that meet at the same target location to allow the consumable substances in the two containers to be physically or chemically combined either prior to or upon arrival at the selected location. Allowing two or more topical substances to be mixed may provide a great many benefits. For example, the mixture of the topical substances may provide an improved topical substance or coolant.
Additionally, the two or more topical substances may have longer shelf life if kept in separate containers, or the mixture of the topical substances may cause a chemical to reaction providing different benefits than either substance alone. For example, the combining of the consumable substances may result in an endothermic reaction that provides cooling or an active substance for topical application (e.g., an exfoliant, hair removal substance or self tanning compound).
FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional side view of an example of a container 300 according to an aspect of the invention. Container 300 comprises a first compartment 310 fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment 320 fluidly connectable to a head or base unit of the phototreatment device. A "fluidly connected compartment" is defined as a compartment configured and arranged to deliver a consumable substance to a selected location. For example, a fluidly connected compartment may be directly 2o connected to a selected location or may be connected via a conduit and/or a valve, as described above with respect to FIG. 2. A "fluidly connectable compartment" is defined herein to be a compartment capable of being arranged to deliver a consumable substance to a selected location. It is to be appreciated a fluidly connectable compartment may provide for the flow of liquids, gases, gels, or suitable solids (e.g., powder or granules).
2s First compartment 310 and second compartment 320 each contain a corresponding consumable substance 312 and 322. Consumable substances 312 and may be any consumable substances suitable for use with a phototreatment device as described herein. In some embodiments, at least one of consumable substances 312 and 322 is suitable for application on a tissue as a topical substance which may or may not 3o cool the tissue and the other is a coolant for a heat dissipating element as described above with reference to FIG. 2.
First compartment 310 and second compartment 320 may be separated by any divider 330 capable of separating consumable substances 312 and 322. The divider may be rigid or flexible; divider 330 may be fixed to a wall 302 of container 300, or may be moveable relative to wall 302. In some embodiments, there may be more than one divider present.
In some embodiments, frst compartment 310 and second compartment 320 are in pressure communication. The phrase "pressure communication" is defined herein to mean that a pressure in one of first compartment 310 and second compartment 320 is applied to the other compartment, respectively. Preferably, pressure communication allows the first compartment 310 and second compartment 320 to have equal pressure therein.
First compartment 310 and second compartment 320 may be separated by a divider 330 capable of maintaining pressurized gas in one or both of compartments 310 15 and 320. For example, to achieve pressure communication, divider 330 may be fixed to wall 302 and have a valve 332 to allow the flow of pressurized gas (e.g., a propellant) from compartment 320 to compartment 310; alternatively, divider 330 may be moveable relative to wall 302 (e.g., the divider may be a plunger, such as a plunger used in a syringe) such that divider 330 moves relative to wall 302 to maintain a pressure in z0 compartments 310 and 320.
Although first compartment 310 and second compartment 320 are illustrated as being disposed end to end, any suitable arrangement in which compartments 310 and 320 are fluidly connectable to a tissue and a heat dissipating element, are within the scope of this invention. Further exemplary embodiments of containers having a first 25 compartment and second compartment in pressure communication are illustrated below with reference to FIGs 3B and 3C. It is to be appreciated that any of the embodiments illustrated in FIG. 3A-3C may include an indicator as described herein.
FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of a second example of a container 340 that includes a first compartment 342 fluidly connectable to a tissue through a port 341 (e.g., 3o a valve) and having a consumable substance 343, and a second compartment 344 fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element through a port 347 and having a consumable substance 345. First compartment 342 and second compartment 344 are disposed side-by-side, and separated by a wall 349 and a divider 346. Divider 346 is moveable relative to walls 348 and 349 such that first compartment 342 and second compartment 344 are in pressure communication. As an alternative to a moveable divider 346, a valve may be used to provide pressure communication.
While FIG. 3B was discussed with compartment 342 fluidly connectable to a tissue and compartment 344 fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element, respectively, it is to be understood that first compartment 342 may be fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element and/or a tissue, and second compartment 344 may be fluidly connectable to tissue and or heat dissipating element.
FIG. 3C is a cross-sectional view of a third example of a container 350 that includes a first compartment 352 having a consumable substance 353 fluidly connectable to tissue through a port 351; and a second compartment 354 having a consumable substance 355 fluidly connectable to a head of a phototreatment device through a port 357. First compartment 352 and second compartment 354 are separated t5 by a flexible divider 356 such that first compartment 352 and a second compartment 354 are in pressure communication. For example, flexible divider 356 may be a plastic bag.
Divider 356 allows a pressurized gas (e.g., a propellant) to be maintained in a first of compartments 352 and 354, and maintains a pressure in the other of compartments 352 and 354. Divider 356 is compressed or expanded (depending on 2o which of compartments 352 or 354 has greater pressure).
While FIG. 3C was discussed with compartment 352 fluidly connectable to a tissue and compartment 354 fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element, respectively, it is to be understood that compartment 352 may be fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element and/or tissue, and 354 may be fluidly connectable to tissue 25 and/or a heat dissipating element.
FIG. 4A is a schematic of an exemplary embodiment of an application system 400 for use with a container 405 comprised of a first compartment 410 fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment 420 fluidly connectable to a head 480 of a phototreatment device.
3o In FIG. 4A, a first fluid connection is made to first compartment 410, and a second fluid connection is made to second compartment 420. First compartment 410 of container 405 may be fluidly connected to tissue 450 in any suitable manner, such as described above with reference to FIG. 2, and a second compartment 420 may have a fluid connection to a heat dissipating element 422 of head 480, such as described above with reference to FIG. 2.
In FIG. 4A, valves 430 and 432 may be used to control the flow of a consumable substance 424. One or more valves 434, 435, 436 may be used to control the flow of consumable substance 414 from first compartment 410. Valve 435 may be a displacement valve, and base unit 425 may have a pin 437 which displaces valve 435, such that upon displacement of the valve 435, consumable substance 414 fills conduit 433. In some embodiments, pin 437 is located on a spring-activated door 428, such that t0 when door 428 is closed, pin 437 activates valve 435. One or more additional valves 434, 436 may be added to control the flow of consumable substance 414, for example, flow may be controlled based on speed of movement across the skin as measured by a motion sensor 440, or a temperature measured at the skin by a temperature sensor 442 or a temperature measured at a heat dissipating element 422 by a temperature sensor 443.
i5 For reasons described above, one or more of valves 432 and 436 may be located proximate a selected target location.
In some embodiments, base unit 425 maintains container 405 in a specific orientation. For example, container 405 may be maintained in an orientation to facilitate flow of fluid 424 through a conduit 470 by pressure generated by a propellant.
20 In some embodiments, a connection 444 by which container 405 connects to base unit 425 is different than a connection 446 by which container 405 connects to base unit 425. Referring to FIGS. 4C and 4D, connections 444 and 446 are illustrated in greater detail. In FIG. 4C, 490 is a top view of container 405 and in FIG. 4D 492 is bottom view of container 405. For example, connections 444 and 446 may have different 25 characteristics, such that each of valves 435 and 430 is activated only if the connections 444, 446 are appropriate. Such connections are commonly referred to as "lock and key"
mechanisms. Accordingly, selective activation of valves 435 and 430 is achieved, such that consumable substance 414 is prevented from reaching heat dissipating element 422 and consumable substance 424 is prevented from reaching tissue 450. For example, this 30 may prevent accidental upside-down or reverse insertion of container 405 in system 400, and thereby improve safety and efficacy (e.g., the device connections 444, 446 reduce the likelihood that inappropriate consumable substances are used).
A lock and key mechanism may achieve selective activation by configuring connections 444 and 446 based on characteristics including, but not limited to shape, size, and threads. For example, only if a connection 444 or 446 is appropriate, is the corresponding valve 435, 430 activated (e.g., pin 437 (shown in FIG. 4A) activates a displacement mechanism of a valve 435). Alternatively the lock and key mechanism may achieve selective activation based on electrical, magnetic, or piezoelectric characteristics. For example, only if a connection 444 or 446 provides an appropriate electric or magnetic signal, is the corresponding valve activated.
t0 FIG. 4B is a schematic view of an exemplary embodiment of an application system 425 for use with a container 405' comprising a first compartment 410' fluidly connectable to the tissue (not shown), and a second compartment 420' fluidly connectable to a head (not shown) of a phototreatment device (e.g., container 300 shown in FIG. 3A above). Application system 425' has a spring-loaded lid 428' with a conduit ~ 5 433' to the tissue and a conduit 470' to a heat dissipating element.
Consumable substances within container 405' may be applied to the target location as described with respect to Fig. 2 above.
FIG. SA is a schematic view of a phototreatment device 500 having an indicia-based, detection and enablement system. Phototreatment device 500 includes a 20 container 510 comprising a consumable substance 512 and an indicator 520.
Container 510 is fluidly coupled to the head 580 and/or the tissue to be treated.
Phototreatment device 500 also comprises an indicia detector system 522 comprising a detector 524.
Indicator 520 may be any indicator of a consumable substance 512. Indicator 520 may be an optical indicia, a magnetic indicia, an electronic indicia, a piezoelectronic 25 indicia or any known or yet to be developed indicia. Indicator 520 may be attached to the outside of the container 510, may be integrated into the material comprising container 510, or may be within container 510 and detectable through the material comprising container 510. Indicator 520 may contain information identifying any aspect of the consumable substance. For example, the indicator 520 may indicate a 3o manufacturer of the consumable substance or container 510, a manufacturing lot number of the consumable substance or the container, a date on which the container or contents of the container were made, the location where the container or contents of the container were made and/or an expiration date of the contents. Indicator 520 can also indicate the amount of consumable substance within container 510 both when it is connected to the phototreatment device and as the consumable substance is used.
In some embodiments of phototreatment device 500, indicator detector system 522 simply detects the presence of a container. For example, source 523 may project light onto container 510, such that detector 524 detects light reflected from container 510; alternatively, light projector 523 may project light to a detector 525, such that in absence of container 510 light is detected by detector 525, and in the presence of container 510, light is prevented from reaching detector 525. Alternatively, a to mechanical detector 528 may be displaced by container 510 to detect the presence of container 510.
In some embodiments, indicator detector system 522 obtains information from the indicator 520 using a suitable method of reading indicia. For example, detector system 524 may comprise an optical detector, magnetic detector, an electronic detector, t5 a piezoelectronic detector, or any other suitable indicia detector to detect and/or read any known or yet to be developed indicia. In some embodiments, indicator detector system 522 may include a source 523 (for example, optical detectors systems such as bar code systems may require an optical source).
Detector system 522 may also include electronic components that can enable or 2o disable the phototreatment device 500. For example, after reading indicator 520, electronic components within detector system 522 may determine if the indicia is one of an acceptable set of indicia. If the indicia is acceptable, then detector system 522 may enable phototreatment device 500, or any component of phototreatment device 500. If the indicia is not acceptable, then detector system 522 may disable or not enable 25 phototreatment device 500. For example, phototreatment device 500 may be enabled through an electronic switch within or coupled to detector system 522, or through additional electronics within or coupled to detector system 522 through an enabling signal. Detector system 522, therefore, can prevent an inappropriate container 510 from being used with phototreatment device 500, thereby protecting the system and the person 3o being treated. Detector system 500 may be one of several safety systems within phototreatment device 500 and the several safety systems may provide a safety loop whereby if any one safety system detects a problem, device 500 is disabled or is not enabled.
Optionally, indicator detector system 522 may be coupled to a processor 550, and processor SSO may enable or disable phototreatment device 500. In addition, processor SSO may be coupled to a memory 560. Indicator detector system 522 may detect indicator 520, and the processor may record the detected indicia in memory 560 and/or the processor may display data included in the indicia. Data detected by detector 524 may be processed by phototreatment device 500 or any other device (such as a diagnostic device). The processing of the data by processor 550 may occur before, after, simultaneously, or instead of storage in memory 560. The data processed by processor t0 SSO may be used to configure or adjust parameters of phototreatment device 500. For example, the fluence, pulse width, wavelength or any other parameter of phototreatment device 500 may be changed depending upon the type of container detected through the indicator as being connected to the phototreatment device. As a result, multiple acceptable indicia may correspond to different containers containing different consumable substances and the processor may change the parameters of the phototreatment device to optimize the treatment for each particular consumable substance. In addition, each container and/or consumable substance may correspond to a different type of treatment and the processor detection of a particular container would correspond to a particular treatment for which the processor would adjust the parameters accordingly.
In addition to or instead of the indicator detector system 522, one or more detectors 528, 530, 532 may be arranged to identify the consumable substance 512.
Detectors 528, 530, 532 may be any suitable detector, such as those described above, for identifying consumable substance 512. Detectors 528, 530, S32 may use any physical, 2s optical, electrical, mechanical, chemical, or other mechanism for identifying a characteristic of consumable substance 512, to thereby identify consumable substance S 12. For example, a detector may determine the chemical composition, the color, or the viscosity of a consumable substance.
Alternatively, a marker may be added to consumable substance S 12 to identify 3o the consumable substance, such that the marker is detected by detectors 528, 530, 532.
The marker may be any suitable additive, such as those described above, capable of detection by any of the above described methods and mechanisms. For example, the marker may be a dye capable of optical detection, or the marker may have a detectable chemical composition, or may have detectable magnetic properties, or it can be a fluorescent material such that the additive is detected by projecting light onto the additive.
Detectors 528, 530, 532 may be located at any appropriate location. For example, a detector (e.g., detector 530) may be located inside container 510 or integrated with container 510 and coupled with detector system 522 or processor 550 in phototreatment device 500. The detector may be coupled to detector system 522 by an electrical connection (e.g., metal contacts with or without a wire to detector system 522) l0 or by wireless communication (e.g., electromagnetic pulse(s)).
Alternatively, or in addition to detector 530, a detector 528, 532 may be located within phototreatment device 500 and in the path of the consumable substance 512 such that they can identify the consumable substance or marker as it enters phototreatment device 500 from container 510 (e.g., detector 528) or as it enters handpiece 580 (e.g., detector 532). It is 15 to be appreciated that any of detectors 528, 530, 532 can be electrically coupled to any one or more of detector system 522, processor 550, and a memory 560, for example, a bus line or other electrical connection may be implemented.
After identifying the consumable substance or marker, detector system 522 or processor 550 may determine if the consumable substance or marker is one of an 2o acceptable set of consumable substances or markers. If acceptable, then detector system 522 or processor 550 may enable phototreatment device 500, or any component of phototreatment device 500. If the consumable substance or marker is not acceptable, then detector system 528 or processor may disable or not enable phototreatment device 500 or a selected one or more components of phototreatment device 500.
Identifying the 25 consumable substance or marker, ensures that the phototreatment device will only function with a container filled with appropriate consumable substances or markers, thereby further protecting the phototreatment device from damage and the person being treated.
In some embodiments of phototreatment device 500, a communications port 570 30 is included to enable data to be transmitted from phototreatment device 500 to external computer systems. For example, the data may be transmitted for diagnostic purposes, or for assisting a user in operating the device. Communications port 570 may be wired or wireless.
FIG. SB is an enlarged view of a container 510 for use with an indicator-based detection and enablement system. Container 510 comprises a compartment 502 to contain a consumable substance (not shown) therein. Compartment 502 is fluidly connectable to a head or base unit of a phototreatment device or tissue (not shown).
Container 510 further comprises an indicator 520.
Container 510 may be any container capable of containing a consumable substance. For example, container 510 may be a two-compartment container (shown in FIGs. 3A-3C) and/or a container having a thermally conductive region (shown in FIG.
to 6); however, container 510 is not limited to such containers. The consumable substance may be any consumable substance suitable for use with a phototreatment device.
For example, consumable substance may be a topical substance and/or coolant as described herein above.
~ 5 III. Photocosmetic Device Cooling Systems FIG. 6 is a schematic view of a container 600 having a region 610 configured and arranged to cool a heat dissipating element 620 in a phototreatment device.
Container 600 is arranged to be in thermal contact with heat dissipating element 620.
Container 600 may be constructed of any thermally conductive material (e.g., a metal), 2o comprising a compartment 640 and configured to contain a substance capable of cooling heat dissipating element. The substance can be any suitable substance, for example, ice, frozen gel, frozen lotion or other coolant.
In some embodiments, the substance is not a consumable substance (i.e., the substance is not a topical substance and it remains in the container). In such 2s embodiments, the container may be re-used (i.e., after the container has reached a temperature where it can no longer adequately cool, it may be re-cooled or re-frozen).
In some embodiments, container 600 is configured to contain a liquified gas that is maintained in a liquid state by pressure. Container 600 is fluidly connectable to a head of a phototreatment device and/or tissue (not shown) via any suitable connector 30 602. According to well known laws of thermodynamics, as liquified gas 650 is released from container 600, some of the liquified gas within compartment 640 will experience a phase change from liquid to gas, and thereby reducing the temperature of liquified gas 650 and that of at least region 610 of container 600. Accordingly, region 610 may be thermally coupled to a heat dissipating element 620 to remove heat from the heat dissipating element. Liquified gas 650 may be a coolant and/or a topical substance as described herein, which is capable of being pressurized to form a liquified gas.
In some embodiments of container 600, only region 610 is constructed of a thermally conductive region, so that heat is selectively dissipated at region 610, and the remainder of container 600 is thermally insulated such that heat selectively flows through region 610. In some embodiments, region 610 has a thickness T that is larger than the thickness t of other regions of container 600 and, optionally, region to comprises a textured surface 612 for improving heat transfer.
With reference to FIG. 7, in some embodiments of the invention, a phase change material 710, such as ice, is in thermal contact with a heat transfer element incorporated in a photocosmetic device, for example, in a handpiece of such a photocosmetic device, that transfers heat from a heat generator, e.g., light source 714, ~5 electronics and contact tip 714a to the phase change material during the operation of the light source and/or between operation. The transferred heat can cause a phase transition in the phase change material, for example, a transition from a solid phase to a liquid phase, thereby providing a mechanism for removing heat from the light source.
In other words, the heat extracted from the light source by the heat transfer element 712 which 2o thermally contacting to tip 714a and electronics provides the heat required for causing the phase transition of the phase change material. In this exemplary embodiment, the phase change material is contained within an enclosure 716 having an opening 716a that allows direct contact between the phase change material and the heat exchanger. The surfaces of the phase change medium and the heat transfer element that are in contact 25 with one another are preferably shaped to optimize heat transfer from the heat transfer element to the phase change medium. In general, the enclosure 716 is preferably formed of a thermally low conductive material. In some embodiments, the phase change material 710 can be in thermal contact with the heat transfer element 712 via a portion of the enclosure 716. In other embodiments, the phase change material can be in direct 3o contact with the light source without the intervention of the heat transfer element 712.
An optical element 714a, which directs radiation from the light source 714 to a portion of a patient's skin, can also be in thermal contact with the heat transfer element to ensure that its temperature remain in a range that is not damaging to the patient's skin.
With reference to FIG. 8A, in another exemplary embodiment of the invention, a circulating cooling fluid, such as water, is utilized to remove heat from the heat transfer element 812, which in turn extracts heat from the light source 814 (or other heated element). A pump 818 circulates the cooling fluid from the heat transfer element 812 to another heat exchanger 820 that transfers heat from the cooling fluid to the phase change material 810, such as ice, that is in thermal contact with the heat exchanger 820. The transferred heat is dissipated by causing a phase transition of the phase change material, for example, from a solid state to a liquid state. In this exemplary embodiment, the t0 second heat exchanger 820 can be incorporated in the photocosmetic device, for example, in a base unit thereof. The phase change material can be prepared for use in the device externally, and then be placed in thermal contact with the heat exchanger 820 to extract heat therefrom via a phase transition to a different state.
Subsequent to the phase transition, the material can be removed from the photocosmetic device, and the cycle can be iterated. For example, when the phase change material is ice, a selected quantity of water can be frozen in an external freezer to form ice, and the ice can then be placed in thermal contact with the heat exchanger 820. Upon melting of the ice, the generated water can be removed. Alternatively, a cooling device, such as a thermo-electric (TE) cooler can be provided in the photocosmetic device for re-generating the 2o phase transition material in a state suitable for extracting heat from the heat exchanger, without removing the material from the photocosmetic device, after a phase transition caused by the heat transferred from the heat exchanger to the phase change material.
That is, in this example, the TE cooler can freeze the water back into ice.
With reference to FIG. 8B, in another embodiment, a circulating fluid transfers heat from the heat transfer element 812, which is thermally coupled to the light source 814 (or other heated element), to another heat exchanger 822, which is in thermal contact with a phase change material, such as ice. The heat exchanger 822, together with the phase change material 810, can be coupled to the photocosmetic device in a removable and replaceable fashion. For example, upon a phase transition of the phase 3o change material as a result of heat extracted from the circulating fluid, the heat exchanger and the phase change material can be removed from the photocosmetic device to be prepared for re-use in the device. For example, the heat exchanger together with the phase change material can be placed in an external freezer to cause a phase transition of the phase change material into a state suitable for extracting heat from the heat exchanger. A unitary structure can be utilized for housing the heat exchanger and the phase change material in thermal contact with one another. Alternatively, the heat exchanger 822 and the phase change material can be housed in separate enclosures that can be coupled together so as to provide good thermal contact between the heat exchanger and the phase change material.
. Various exemplary implementations of the above embodiments are described below. It should be understood that the following embodiments are presented for t o providing further elucidation of salient features of the invention, and are not intended to be limiting of the types of implementations that can be employed to practice the invention.
By way of example, with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG.10, an exemplary handpiece 924 of a photocosmetic device according to one embodiment of the invention t 5 includes a light source 1026, e.g., a diode laser or LED or lamp, that is positioned between positive and negative electrodes 1028 and 1030 and is in electrical contact with these electrodes. The diode laser can be clamped between the two electrodes, or can be secured to the electrodes by any other suitable method that ensures good thermal and electrical contact between the diode laser and the electrodes, or only the positive 2o electrode. The electrodes 1028 and 1030 supply electrical power to the diode laser, and are preferably formed of a material, e.g., copper, that has good thermal conductivity.
The diode laser 1026 and/or the electrodes are in thermal contact with a heat transfer element 1032 (herein also referred to as a heat sink) that transfers waste heat generated by the laser to a phase change material, such as ice, as described in more detail below.
25 The heat sink 1032 can be formed of any suitable material having good thermal conductivity. For example, the heat sink 1032 can be formed of copper, aluminum, diamond or any other suitable material.
The exemplary handpiece 924 further includes an optics assembly 1034 having an optical transmissive element 1036, for example, a sapphire window, that receives 30 radiation emitted by the laser through an input surface, and delivers the radiation through an output surface to a portion of a patient, for example, a patient's skin. The input surface of the transmissive element is typically located at close proximity of the laser without having direct contact therewith (in some embodiments, the input surface can have direct contact with the light source). Further, the transmissive element is preferably in thermal contact with the heat sink 1032, and is formed of a thermally conductive material that allows removing heat from a portion of a patient's skin that is treated with radiation provided by the light source 1026.
The exemplary heat sink 1032 can couple to the diode laser 1026 and/or the electrodes 1028/1030. A tubular housing 1033, which extends from the heat sink block, can couple to a cartridge 938 in which a quantity of a phase change material, such as ice, is stored for cooling the heat sink 1032, as described in more detail below.
The handpiece 924 is typically connected via an umblicial cord (not shown) to a base unit (not shown) that can include, e.g., a power supply and associated electronics for powering the light source and providing selected control functions.
Alternatively, the handpiece 924 may be the entire photocosmetic device including battery power.
The exemplary cartridge 1038, in which a phase change material is disposed, can t 5 be removably and replaceably coupled to the heat sink 1032 via the tubular housing 1033. The cartridge 1038 can hold a selected quantity of a phase change material, which in preferred embodiments of the invention is selected to be ice. As discussed above, ice is a particularly good choice for the phase change material because it exhibits a high latent heat of melting and is biologically and environmentally safe. It should, however, 2o be appreciated that any other suitable phase change material can also be utilized in the practice of the invention. Further, skin beneficial ingredients can be added to the phase change material to be released onto a portion of the patient's skin during treatment of the skin by the photocosmetic device. Such ingredients can provide beneficial and/or therapeutic effects independent of the therapeutic effects provided by the exposure of the 25 skin to light, heating or cooling provided by the photocosmetic device.
Alternatively, the skin beneficial ingredients can be photo or thermally activated by the device to provide their intended beneficial effects. As discussed in more detail below, the cartridge 1038 can be a disposable element, or alternatively, can be a mufti-use element.
With reference to FIG. 11, the exemplary cartridge 1138 has a generally 30 cylindrical shape (circular, elliptical, rectangular) and includes a hollow tubular housing 1140 in which a quantity of ice, or other suitable phase change material, can be stored.
A membrane seal 1142, which is disposed at a proximal end of the cartridge 1138, and another seal 1144, herein referred to as a piston seal, which is disposed at a distal end of the cartridge, cooperatively ensure that the ice remains confined within the cartridge before its engagement with the heat sink 1132. A volume 1146 disposed behind the seal 1144 provides a space for collecting water, via a liquid return port 1148, that is generated as a result of melting of the ice, as described in more detail below.
The membrane seal 1142 is attached to an annular sealing ring 1150 that can provide a seal between the cartridge 1138 and the heat sink 1132 upon coupling of the cartridge with the heat sink. The annular sealing ring 1150 and the membrane seal 1142 can be formed as two separate components and joined together, or alternatively, they can to be formed as a unitary structure.
Referring to FIG. 12 and FIG. 13, the cartridge 1238 can be inserted into the hollow tubular housing 1233 and pushed forward to fully engage with the heat sink. As shown in FIG. 12, as the cartridge is pushed forward, an edge 1233a of the tubular housing 1233 pushes back on the annular sealing ring 1250, thereby causing the membrane seal 1242 to tear and to move towards the annular sealing ring 1250.
The tearing of the membrane seal 1242 exposes a surface of the ice, or other phase change material stored in the cartridge, initially covered by the membrane seal. Upon full engagement of the cartridge with the heat sink (FIG. 13), this exposed surface will be in thermal contact with a back surface of the heat sink block 1232 to allow heat generated by the light source to flow from the heat sink to the ice. The transferred heat causes melting of the ice at the ice-heat sink interface, thereby removing heat from the heat sink. In other words, melting of the ice provides the mechanism for dissipating the heat generated by the light source.
The surface of the heat sink that is in contact with the ice is preferably shaped so as to ensure a substantially uniform contact area between the ice and the heat sink at the ice/heatsink interface during operation of the handpiece. In general, this shape allows the contact surface to be a surface of constant temperature. For example, this heat sink surface may have a generally convex shape that substantially conforms with a generally concave shape of the corresponding ice surface. Those having ordinary skill in the art 3o will appreciate that other shapes can also be utilized to optimize the ice/heat sink contact. In addition, this surface can include one or more ports, e.g., in the form of slits, for removing fluid (liquid or gas), generated as a result of phase transition of the phase change medium, from the interface of the heat sink and the phase change medium, thereby preventing formation of a liquid or a gas layer at this interface.
During operation of the handpiece, as heat from the light source is transferred to the ice via the heat sink 1232, water is generated at the ice/heat sink interface. To ensure that the heat sink is in contact with ice rather than water, in preferred embodiments of the invention, the ice cartridge is continuously or discrete translated towards the heat sink during operation and/or between operations of the handpiece. Further, the generated water is moved from the ice/heat sink interface to the volume 1246 at the to distal end of the cartridge in a manner described in more detail below.
A number of mechanisms can be utilized for translating the ice cylinder towards the heat sink. Without limitation, such mechanisms can include: a) a spring pressing against the back of the ice cylinder at the distal end of the cartridge, e.g., pressing against the piston seal 1144, b) a motorized linear screw, c) a compound that reacts with t 5 the water collected in the volume 1146 to generate a gas, e.g., COz, to drive the ice forward with gas pressure, d) a foam, or other compound, disposed in the space whose volume expands at it absorbs water, e) a separate pressurized cylinder or pump that supplies gas for driving the ice forward by gas pressure, fj a permanent magnet or ~' an electromagnet, g) a piezo motor, h) a motor, which mounted inside handpiece or main 2o units and delivery pressure to melting substance through wire, i) pressure can be applied from the hand/fingers of operator with simultaneously activating of light sources, j) pressure from gas chamber heated by electronics or light sources. For example, for manual application of pressure, a portion of the handpiece 924 can be made of a flexible material or otherwise compressible. Cooling efficiency and temperature of light sources 25 and skin can be regulated be changing of the pressure.
With reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 12, the exemplary handpiece 924 further includes a vacuum/pressure pump 952 for pumping the water generated due to melting of the ice, or other fluid when a phase change material other than ice is employed, from the ice/heat sink interface, via a return manifold 954, to the volume 1246.
More 30 particularly, the pump 952 pumps the water through internal channels 1256 provided in the heat sink and via the return manifold 954 and the piping 958 into the space 1246 at the distal end of the cartridge. This advantageously allows a more efficient thermal contact between the remaining ice, which is translated forward to be in contact with the heat sink, and the heat sink.
With reference to FIG. 14, in some embodiments of the invention, the return manifold 1454 can include a plurality of ports 1460 through which at least a portion of the water generated at the ice/heat sink interface can be diverted onto a portion of a subject's skin, which is under treatment via radiation provided by the handpiece. In addition, selected additives, such as various therapeutic, cosmetic or cleaning agents can be added to the water that is diverted onto the skin surface.
t0 In this exemplary embodiment, the optically transmissive element 1036 of the optics assembly 1034 is in thermal contact with the heat sink 1032. This allows simultaneous cooling of the light source and the optical element 1036. During operation of the handpiece, the optical element 1036 can be in contact with a portion of a patient's skin. Hence, cooling of the optical element 1036 provides a mechanism for removing heat from the patient's skin to ensure that the temperature of the treatment area remains within an acceptable range, for example, below about 30 °C.
In some embodiments of the invention, the laser diode 614, or other light source incorporated in the handpiece 924, may operate at a sufficiently high temperature such that heat transferred via the heat sink to the ice will not only cause melting of the ice into 2o water but it may also cause evaporation of at least a portion of the generated water. The evaporation of the water, in other words, the phase transition of the water from a liquid phase to a gas phase, can help in removing heat from the heat sink. In some embodiments, the evaporation temperature of water can be decreased by lowering the ambient pressure in a volume in which water is generated as result of melting of ice, e.g., a volume at the interface of the heat sink and the ice. For example, a pump can provide a partial evacuation of air from this volume to lower the evaporation temperature.
The ice in the cartridge can be generated in a variety of different ways. For example, with reference to FIG. 15A and FIG.15B, the cartridge can be designed to 3o couple to a thermoelectric (TE) cooler 1561 provided in a base unit 1562 of the photocosmetic device. Alternatively, a TE cooler, adapted for coupling to the cartridge, can be provided in an accessory unit. In another approach, the ice can be generated by placing the cartridge in a freezer. Alternatively, a semi-permanent ice cartridge can be incorporated into the handpiece, and the entire handpiece can be placed in a freezer to freeze water disposed in the cartridge into ice.
The cartridge can be designed as a disposable unit that is discarded after one use.
Alternatively, the cartridge can be utilized as a reusable unit.
Although in the above exemplary embodiment, the cartridge containing the phase change material is incorporated in the handpiece, in other embodiments, the heat can be transferred from the heated element in the handpiece to another module in which the transferred heat can be dissipated by causing the phase transition of a selected material, e.g., melting of ice, It should be understood that phase change materials other than ice can be employed in a manner described above to extract heat generated by the light source. For example, in some embodiments, a frozen mixture of water and an additive, such as salt or alcohol, is provided in the cartridge as the phase change material. Other examples of 15 the phase change material include gallium and wax. In general, a suitable phase change material preferably exhibits a relatively high latent heat of melting to allow efficient heat dissipation, and is biologically safe. In addition, the phase change material is preferably safe for release into the surrounding environment.
In some embodiments of the invention, rather than utilizing the phase transition 20 of a phase change material from a solid phase to a liquid phase, the sublimation of a phase change material, such as dry ice stored in the cartridge, from a solid phase to a gas phase is employed for removing heat from the light source.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a heat exchanger that utilizes a phase change material, such as, ice, for efficiently extracting heat from a heated element 25 incorporated in the handpiece of a photocosmetic device. By way of example, FIG. 16 illustrates a heat exchanger 1664 according to one embodiment of the invention that includes a substantially hollow housing 1666, formed, for example, of metal or plastic.
A plurality of structures 1668 having selected geometrical shape are disposed within the housing 1666. Each of the structures 1668 provides an enclosure for storing a selected 3o quantity of a phase change material, such as ice. The structures can have a variety of different geometrical shapes, such as, spherical, cylindrical, or an elongated serpentine shape, or any other suitable shape. Further, the structures 1668 can have different sizes for storing different volumetric quantities of the phase change material. In general, the shapes and the sizes of these internal structures, which function as reservoir for a phase change material, are chosen so as to maximize their surface area to volume ratios, thereby enhancing the efficiency of heat exchange, as discussed in more detail below.
An internal volume of the heat exchanger 1664 surrounding the structures 1668 is filled with a fluid having a freezing temperature that is lower than the phase transition temperature of the phase change material contained within these structures.
For example, when the phase change material is selected to be ice, the filling fluid can be a mixture of water and alcohol, or water in which a selected quantity of salt is dissolved, to having a freezing temperature that is lower than the melting temperature of ice. As described in more detail below, during operation of the photocosmetic device, a cooling fluid that has extracted heat from a heated element of the device can circulate through the heat exchanger 1664, via ports 1670 and 1672 that allow ingress and egress of the cooling fluid into and out of the heat exchanger. The heat carried by the cooling fluid is causes a phase transition of the phase change material contained within the structures 1668, thereby lowering the temperature of the cooling fluid, which can then be employed again to extract heat from the heated element.
More particularly, in this embodiment, the ports 1670 and 1672, which can include, for example, quick connectors, can engage with corresponding connectors 1674 2o and 1676, provided in a base unit I 678 of the photocosmetic device, in order to couple the heat exchanger to the base unit. Further, two lumens 1680 and 1682 extend from the base unit to a handpiece 1684 of the photocosmetic device, through an umbilical cord 1686, to provide passageways for circulating a cooling fluid, such as water, between the base unit and the handpiece. The circulating fluid extracts waste heat generated by a 2s heated element disposed within the handpiece. Upon engagement of the heat exchanger 1664 with the base unit 1678, the cooling fluid flows from the lumen 1680, via the connector 1676 and the port 1670, into the heat exchanger 1664. The cooling fluid at a lower temperature exits the heat exchanger via the port 1672 and flows through the lumen 1682 to return to the handpiece for extract more heat from the light source.
30 Alternatively, the ports 1670 and 1672 may engage connectors in the handpiece of the photocosmetic device.
Although in many embodiments of the invention, ice is employed as the phase change substance contained in the internal structures 1668, other materials can also be employed. Such materials can include, without limitation, various frozen solutions of water and selected additives, such as alcohol or salt, pure alcohol or any other suitable material. In all such cases, the fluid filling the heat exchanger's housing external to the structures 1668 should exhibit a freezing temperature that is lower than the phase transition temperature of the phase change material. In some embodiments, the structures 1668 can be partially filled with a liquid having a vaporization temperature to that is above the room temperature but below the cooling temperature.
Further, in some embodiments, rather than utilizing the latent heat associated with melting of a phase change material for extracting heat from a cooling fluid circulating through the heat exchanger, the heat of sublimation of a material, such as dry ice, contained within the structures 1668 is utilized.
is In other embodiments, the ambient pressure in the structures 1668 is lowered below the atmospheric pressure by partial evacuation of air from the structures so as to raise the phase transition temperature associated with a phase change material confined within the structures.
As discussed above, it is generally preferable to design the internal structures 20 1668 so as to maximize their surface to volume ratios. To this end, in some embodiments of the invention, the external surface of at least some of the structures 1668 exhibit a textured pattern to maximize the surface area that is in thermal contact with a cooling fluid flowing through the heat exchanger. The texturing of the surface can be accomplished, for example, by providing semispheres, cylinders, or pyramids 25 projecting from the surface.
The heat exchanger 1664 can be prepared for use by employing a variety of different approaches. For example, the heat exchanger can be placed in a freezer for a selected duration to cause the phase transition of a phase change material disposed in the structures 1668 from a liquid phase to a solid phase, e.g., ice can be generated by 3o freezing water contained in the structures 1668. Alternatively, the heat exchanger can be coupled to a TE cooler, or any conventional refrigeration mechanism, which can be provided in the base unit 1670 or in a separate stand-alone unit, to cool the heat exchanger.
With reference to FIG. 17, in another embodiment of the invention, a phase change material, such as ice, is provided within a cassette 1788 that can couple to a base unit 1790 of a photocosmetic device so as to bring the phase change material into contact with a heat exchanger within the base. As described in more detail below, the heat exchanger can include passageways for flow of a cooling fluid, e.g., water, that circulates between the base unit and a handpiece of the photocosmetic device in order to cool a heated element incorporated in the handpiece. Alternatively, the cassette 1788 may couple to the handpiece of a photocosmetic device.
1o More particularly, with reference to FIG. 18A and FIG.18B, the cassette can engage with a receiving module 1892, disposed within the base unit, in which a heat exchanger 1894 is incorporated.
FIG. 19 schematically illustrates various components of the exemplary cassette 1988 suitable for use in this embodiment of the invention. The illustrative cassette 1988 t 5 includes a housing 1996 in which a container (pouch) 1998 for storing a selected quantity of a phase change material is disposed. The container 1998 can be formed of a compliant material, such as plastic, having preferably good thermal conductivity. In this exemplary embodiment, the container 1998 includes a lower portion 1998a and an upper portion 1998b~that surround two movable plates 19100 and 19102, which can move in a 2o direction A to exert pressure on either the lower or the upper portions of the container 1998.
As shown in FIG. 18B and FIG. 19, prior to engagement of the cassette with the receiving module 1892, the pouch 1998 contains a selected quantity of ice, or other suitable material, while the upper portion of the pouch is empty. During formation of 25 the ice in the pouch by freezing a selected quantity of water, the movable plate 19100 and a lower surface 1996a of the cassette's housing form a "mold" for generating a "brick" of ice while the movable plate 19102 squeezes the upper portion of the pouch to force any water remaining in the that portion to be transferred into the lower portion.
With reference to FIG. 20, upon engagement of the cassette with the receiving 3o module 2092, the ice block contained within the pouch 2098 will be in thermal contact with the heat exchanger 2094. The heat exchanger includes an ingress port through which a cooling fluid that has extracted heat from the heated element, disposed in the device's handpiece, flows into the heat exchanger. The thermal contact of the lower portion of the pouch 2098 with the heat exchanger causes the heat carried by the cooling fluid to be transferred to the ice contained within the pouch 2098, thereby causing it to melt. In other words, melting of the ice provides the mechanism for removing heat from the cooling fluid, thereby lowering its temperature.
Meanwhile, the movable plates 20100 and 20102 apply pressure to the lower portion of the pouch in order to maintain good thermal contact between the pouch and the heat exchanger, and further to force water generated as a result of melting of the ice into the upper portion of the pouch.
Hence, as the cooling fluid flows through the internal passageways of the heat exchanger, it gives up heat to the ice in the pouch 2098, and it finally exits the heat exchanger at a lower temperature through an egress port 20106. The cooling fluid is then returned to the handpiece in order to extract heat from the heated element.
As shown in FIG. 21, as the ice melts, the volume of the ice within the lower 15 portion 2198a of the pouch 2198 decreases while water continues to accumulate in the upper portion 2198b of the pouch. Finally, as shown in FIG. 22, the ice is used up and the generated water is collected in the upper portion of the pouch. The cassette can then be removed from the base unit. As the cassette is pulled out of the base unit, the plate 22102 applies a pressure to the upper portion of the pouch to cause transfer of the 2o collected water into the pouch's lower portion. Hence, when the cassette is fully disengaged from the base unit, the water is accumulated in the lower portion, as shown previously in FIG. 19.
The formation of ice in the cassette can be accomplished by employing a number of different techniques. For example, a TE cooler can be provided in the base unit to 25 which the cassette can couple in order to freeze water contained in the pouch.
Alternatively, such a TE cooler can be provided in a separate accessory unit.
In another approach, the cassette can be placed in a freezer for a selected time period to freeze water contained in the pouch into ice.
In other aspects, the invention provides a cooling device that can be coupled to 3o an optical transmissive element of the optics assembly of a handpiece of a photocosmetic device to remove heat therefrom. As shown in FIG. 23, in an exemplary embodiment, a cooling device 23108, herein also referred to as a heat exchanger, can surround the transmissive element 2336 to extract heat therefrom. The cooling of the transmissive element 2336 can in turn cause removing heat from (i.e., cooling) a portion of a patient's skin, which is in contact with a surface of the transmissive element during operation of the photocosmetic device, to ensure that the temperature of the treatment area remains within an acceptable range.
In one embodiment, the exemplary heat exchanger 23108 can be configured as a hollow sleeve that wraps around the transmissive element 2336 so as to be in thermal contact therewith. The sleeve, which is preferably formed of a thermally conductive material (e.g., copper), can contain a phase change material, such as ice or a vaporizable l0 liquid, whose phase transition can be utilized in order to remove heat from the optical transmissive element. Preferably, the optical transmissive element is maintained at a temperature less than about 30°C. In addition, the sleeve can also be configured to directly remove heat from treated skin surface during operation of the photocosmetic device. Without any loss of generality, in the following description, the phase change is material is assumed to be ice with the understanding that any other suitable phase change material can also be utilized. For example, in some embodiments, a frozen mixture of water and an additive, such as salt or alcohol, can be stored in the hollow sleeve.
Upon melting of the ice contained within the sleeve 23108, the generated water 2o can be either released from the hollow sleeve onto the treatment area of the patient's skin or can be retained within the hollow sleeve. In some embodiments, the sleeve 23108 includes a plurality of openings, such as openings 23110, that allow introducing the water onto the treatment area. In other embodiments, therapeutic, cosmetic or cleaning agents can be added to the water to be also released onto the treatment area.
25 Non-limiting examples of such additives include lotions, vitamins, aloe vera, petroleum jelly, oils, bee pollen, glycerin, moisturizers, preservatives, plant extracts, and fruit extracts. The openings can also be utilized for replenishing the phase change material in liquid form.
As discussed above, the hollow sleeve is preferably formed from a thermally 30 conductive material, such as thermoconductive plastics or composite materials, ceramics, or metals. In some embodiments, the hollow sleeve can be formed of a semi-permeable or porous material such that, upon melting of the ice, the generated water can be selectively released onto the subject's treatment area. The pores can be configured to be sufficiently small such that the phase change material is dispersed onto the subject area only when in liquid form. Dispersal of the liquid can be controlled through the application of pressure, for example, during the movement of the transmissive element along the treatment area. More particularly, in some embodiments, a mechanism can be coupled to the sleeve to allow exerting pressure thereon as the transmissive element moves over the treatment area to facilitate introduction of the water and/or water mixed with therapeutic agents onto the skin.
It is generally preferable to design the hollow sleeve so that its surface to volume ratio is maximized. For example, the hollow sleeve can be designed to substantially cover a peripheral outer surface area, i.e., the surface area other than the area facing the patient's skin, of the transmissive element. Alternatively, the hollow sleeve can be designed to substantially cover both the outer peripheral surface area of the transmissive element and/or partially cover the top face of the transmissive element (FIG.
24A), while still permitting optical radiation to be transmitted to the subject's treatment area. In another embodiment, the hollow sleeve can be designed to be in thermal contact not only with the transmissive element but also with the heat sink 2432 that is turn in thermal contact with a heated element (e.g., a light source) for removing heat therefrom (See FIG. 24B).
2o The hollow sleeve can be of various shapes. In general, the shape of the sleeve is complementary to that of the transmissive element to ensure good thermal contact therewith. For example, some suitable geometrical shapes for the hollow sleeve include, though are not limited to, a toroid having a circular, a rectangular, an oval or any other cross-sectional shape. The hollow sleeve can be configured to easily attach to and closely contact with the transmissive element. A number of mechanisms can be utilized to secure the hollow sleeve to the transmissive element and/or the heat sink.
Non-limiting examples include: a) the hollow sleeve can be designed from a semi-elastic or elastic material that can slip over the transmissive element, forming a pressure fit with the transmissive element and/or the heat sink, b) the hollow sleeve can be hinged to the 3o device such that the sleeve can clip onto the transmissive element and/or heat sink c) the hollow sleeve can have a cut-away portion that is complementary to a projection on the transmissive element.
In some embodiments, the hollow sleeve is disposable while in other embodiments, it can be recycled. For example, the sleeve filled with water, or other suitable material, can be placed in a freezer to generate ice. Alternatively, a stand-alone unit or a unit coupled to the device can be provided to house the hollow sleeve during regeneration, i.e., a freezing device into which the hollow sleeve selectively fits. In another embodiment, an additional element, e.g., a catalyst, can be added to either the hollow sleeve or the phase change material to initiate the phase change. In yet another example, the hollow sleeve can be designed to contain an inner tube that can be t0 selectively filled with a material capable of initiating the phase change.
The surfaces of the transmissive element that receive light from the light source and/or are illuminated by light reflected from the treatment site are preferably formed of a material having a low coefficient of absorption of light in order to minimize heating of these surfaces.
IV. Safety Features A. Markers Aspects of the present invention are directed to providing safety feature to prevent misuse of the device. In one embodiment, the device is capable of detecting a treatment area. For example, in some applications, phototreatment devices are capable of being used only on the desired target area, i.e., a patient's tissue or skin, and not on other parts of the body (e.g., the eyes) thereby preventing potential injury to the user.
Additionally, preventing use of a phototreatment device on an improper surface such as table, mirror, clothes, etc. may avoid damage to the device and injury to the user.
According to embodiments of this aspect of the invention, a topical substance is deposited on a tissue to be treated and the topical substance or a marker within the topical substance is detected by a sensor in the phototreatment device so that the phototreatment device functions only if the topical substance or marker is detected, and preferably only if the topical substance or marker is determined to be on a tissue (e.g., skin). The topical substance and/or the markers may be detected, for example, using optical, electrical, magnetic, or acoustic detection techniques.
Two exemplary types of optical markers are absorptive and fluorescent markers.
In some embodiments, a mild eye irritant is added to a topical substance or the marker, to deter a user from applying the topical substance on an eye.
In some embodiments of optical systems for detecting an area of treatment, a topical substance is applied to a tissue, a detection source provides light at a wavelength absorbed by the topical substance or an optical marker within the topical substance, and a detector is configured and arranged to detect a reflected portion of said light (i.e., light that is not absorbed). Preferably, the wavelength detected is close to the peak of absorption of the topical substance or optical marker, such that a reduction in the detected signal indicates the presence of the optical marker. In this embodiment, the optical detector is designed as a reflectometer to detect reflected light at a wavelength absorbed by the topical substance or optical marker.
Preferably, the topical substance or marker is characterized by an optical absorption spectrum substantially different from that of skin, to facilitate detection.
Also, preferably, the absorption band of the topical substance or marker is outside the working spectrum of the phototreatment device, such that detection of the marker may be achieved without interference from source. Preferably, the optical density of the topical substance or marker is higher than the.optical density of the skin for the light 2o reflected from the patient's skin in the absorption band to facilitate detection of the topical substance or marker. The term "optical density" (OD) is defined herein to mean OD = -In I' Il ' where I; is the intensity of the incident light and Ir is the intensity of registered light.
FIG. 25A is a graphical representation of absorption spectra for some exemplary dyes suitable for use as markers of areas to be treated. The absorption spectra were taken using a UV spectrophotomer of dye solutions in glycerol with following conentrations: (1) 10 mg/ml Food Blue, (2) 1 mg/ml Toluidine Blue, (3) 1 mg/ml Brilliant Green, (4) I mg/ml Indigo Carmine. FIG. 25B is a graphical representation of absorption spectra for some exemplary, biocompatible dyes (I: Fast Green, 2:
Erioglaucine, 3: Methylene Blue, 4; Indocyanime Green) suitable for use as markers of areas to be treated.
As shown in FIGs. 25A and 25B, Food Blue, Toluidine Blue, Brilliant Green, Indigo Carmine, Fast Green, Erioglaucine, Methylene Blue, and Indocyanine Green can be used as absorptive markers in combination with a suitable source (e.g., a 550-870 nm diode laser or 550-870 nm lamp). In addition to the markers indicated in FIGS.
25A and 25B, another class of absorptive markers is non-organic absorbers (e.g., carbon particles;
china ink; compounds containing ions of Cu, Fe, Au, Ag, and Zn).
l0 In some embodiments of systems for detecting areas of treatment, the reflectance is at two substantially different wavelengths, ~,, and 7~2 , where 7~, lies within the absorption band of the topical substance or marker and 7~z lies outside the absorption band. In such embodiments, a determination that a topical substance is located on a tissue may be determined when two conditions are fulfilled:
Rmin < R2 < Rmax ~
R' < A.,. , Rz where R, and R2 are the reflectance coefficients measured at the wavelengths ~.~ and ~,2, respectively; R",;" and R",~ are the minimal and maximal threshold values of the 2o reflectance coefficients at wavelength ~,2 , respectively; and At is a threshold value of the reflectance ratio. Preferably, R",;" and R",~ are chosen to correspond to the physiological range of skin reflectance for ~,2. The above recognition algorithm is merely exemplary, and any other suitable detection algorithm may be used.
It is to be appreciated that if the peak of absorption shifts when the topical substance and/or marker is applied to or penetrates into the skin, the wavelength to be detected may be adjusted in such a way as to correspond to the shifted absorption peak.
Such shifts may be used to provide additional assurance that the topical substance or marker has indeed been applied to skin.
As mentioned above, optical detection of an area to be treated may include a fluorescent marker. The teen "fluorescence" is defined herein to encompass all types of non-elastic re-emission of electromagnetic energy, including (but not limited to) luminescence and Raman scattering. A "fluorescent marker" is any substance having at least one active ingredient characterized by fluorescence excitation.
Preferably, a fluorescent marker has an emission spectrum substantially different from that of skin. Also, preferably the fluorescent marker has a high quantum yield of fluorescence. Preferably, biocompatible fluorescent color additives are used as fluorescent markers. For example, suitable markers include Eosin Y; D&C Orange Nos.
5, 10, and I 1; D&C Red Nos. 2I, 22, 27, and 28; and Zinc sulfide.
In order to detect a fluorescent marker, a detection source is conf gured and arranged to provide light in the absorption band of the fluorescent marker, and a detector is configured and arranged to detect light emitted by the fluorescent marker.
For example, the device may be a fluorimeter. In some embodiments, the fluorescent marker is illuminated with wavelength of light ~,l which lies within the excitation band of the fluorescent marker, a resulting fluorescent signal is measured at wavelength 7~2 in ~5 the emission band of the fluorescent marker. In such embodiments, positive identifcation occurs when the following condition is fulfilled:
I,z > F"
20 where F, is a threshold value of the fluorescent signal. Other detection algorithms can be devised by those skilled in the art without departure from the scope of the present invention.
If one or both of the excitation band and emission band shifts when the optical marker is applied to or penetrates into the skin, the wavelengths 7~, and 7~z can be 25 adjusted in such a way as to correspond to the shifted bands. A shift of a wavelength may be used to provide information related to the nature of the substrate (e.g., is the substrate skin or non-skin).
As indicated above, the topical substance or a marker within the topical substance may be detected through an electrical detector. For example, the topical 3o substance or marker may have electrical conductivity (preferably, more than two-fold) higher than the maximal electrical conductivity of the skin. Examples of suitable topical substances or markers are conductive lotions and gels, such as: ALOE-STAT~
CONDUCTIVE SKIN LOTION (Walter G Legge Company Inc), LECTRON 2 CONDUCTIVITY GEL and ELECTRO-MIST ELECTROLYTE SPRAY
(Pharmaceutical Innovation), 3M CONDUCTIVE ELECTRODE GEL (3M Surgical Products Division). Some conductive lotions may penetrate into the skin. To detect an electrically conductive topical substance or marker, a phototreatment device may be equipped with a detector capable of detecting an electrical characteristic of the marker.
For example, the detector may be a contact ohmmeter.
Also as indicated above, a topical substance or a marker within the topical substance may be detected through an acoustic detector. For example, a topical to substance and/or marker may be designed to have an acoustical transmission resonance at a selected acoustic frequency, such that application of the topical substance and/or marker to the skin surface can change (e.g., dampen) the resonance of the topical substance and/or marker. In such embodiments, a phototreatment device may be equipped with an acoustic source (e.g., a piezo-electric crystal) and a transducer, such ~ 5 that a region covered with the topical substance and/or marker is identified when the acoustic signal exceeds a preset limit. For example, the detector may indicate that both of the following is true: 1) there is a signal at the resonance frequency (the film is present); and 2) said signal is dampened (i.e., the topical substance and/or marker is on a tissue).
2o As further indicated above, a topical substance or a marker within a topical substance may be detected through a magnetic detector. For example, the topical substance and/or marker may consist of or contain compounds with static or induced magnetic susceptibility. For example, magnetic microparticles, paramagnetic (Fe0) and ferromagnetic (Cr02, magnetite). Such compounds may be coated with a polymer 25 (polystyrene) and, for example, the particles may have sizes of 3 - 10 p.m (e.g., such a magnetic material is available from Spherotech, Inc.) or up to I~m (e.g., such a magnetic material is available from Polysciences, Inc). To minimize light absorption of magnetic particles in the working band of a phototreatment source, they can be coated by a highly reflecting metal such as Au, Ag, Cu, AI or by a multilayer dielectric coating 30 (Colored Magnetic Particles).
According to another aspect of the invention, additives can be advantageously included in a topical substance. The additives may provide a variety of effects. The following is an exemplary list of possible cosmetic additives: mineral oil, petrolatum, capric/caprylic triglyceraldehydes, cholesterol, lanolin, dimethicone/cyclomethicone, almond oil, jojoba oil, avocado oil, sesame oil, sunflower oil, coconut oil, grapeseed oil, glycerin (glycerol), propylene glycol, sorbitol, hyaluronic acid, lecithin, Urea, lactic acid, pyrrolidone carboxylic acid (NA-PCA), phospholipids, collagen, elastin, ceramide, vitamins A,B,C,D,E,K, hyaluronic acid, retinol, potassium hydroxide, or thyioglycolic acid.
Some additives interact synergistically with the phototreatment wavelength or wavelengths of light. Three exemplary mechanisms may be involved in the synergistic to action of the device and the additives. First, the device may create a controlled profile of elevated temperature in skin, such that the transdermal penetration of the additive may be facilitated, and a higher concentration of an active compounds) in the target area may be achieved. Second, a mild hyperthermia at the target site may increase the efficiency of an active ingredients) and, thus, enhance the desired effect.
Third, an t5 additive may be activated photochemically by the light emission of the device.
FIG. 4 illustrates photo-enhancement of transcutaneous penetration of a retinol-containing preparation observed in in vitro conditions. Light with a wavelength of 800-2000 nm and flux 0.5 W/cm2 was used in this experiment. The relative concentration of retinol, the active ingredient in the solution, a$er 30 minutes exposure to light was 2o measured using UV absorbance. As shown in FIG. 26, the concentration of retinol is greatest when exposed to light.
B. Speed of the Device Another aspect of the present invention is a motion sensor for determining the 25 scanning speed of a phototreatment device. For example, an optical, electrical or magnetic marker may be used for detecting motion and/or determining scanning speed.
FIG. 27 is a schematic view of one example of a system 2700 for measuring a speed of motion S of a phototreatment device over a tissue 27150 using a topical substance or a marker 2710 added to a topical substance.
3o System 2700 may be located on a head of a phototreatment device such that as the head is moved across a patient's tissue 27150, the speed of motion S can be monitored. System 2700 comprises an applicator 2720 for applying a layer 2725 comprising topical substance and/or marker, and a detector system 2750 to detect a signal generated by layer 2725. As described below, the signal may be optical, electronic, or magnetic.
A detector system 2750 comprises a detector 2750 and suitable electronics to detect the signal generated by or in response to the layer 2725 and determine the speed of motion S at which the head is moving across tissue 27150. For example, the calculated speed may be used to control the fluence, wavelengths) or pulse width of the light source, to control the application of a consumable substance, for display of speed S, or any other any other purposes. Further discussion of uses for a measured speed of to motion S are given in U.S. Application 10/154,756, incorporated by reference herein above.
Applicator 2720 is located to deposit layer 2725 onto tissue 27150. Applicator 2720 may be any known applicator capable of depositing a layer of material on a tissue.
In some embodiments, applicator 2720 deposits a layer of uniform thickness.
t 5 The topical substance and marker may be any suitable materials capable of generating or responding to a suitable signal (e.g., optical, electrical or magnetic signal).
In some embodiments, the material has a low enough viscosity to allow the material to be deposited by applicator 2720, and high enough viscosity, such that it remains on the tissue after deposit. Preferably, the material is easily removed by water and/or soap and 2o water. Preferably, the topical substance and/or marker is index-matched to tissue 27150 to improve optical coupling of light from a source to the tissue (i.e., light from source 125 in FIG. lA above) into tissue 27150.
In some embodiments, the topical substance and/or marker is a fluorescent material. Examples of appropriate fluorescent materials include those described above 25 for use with consumable substances. Preferably the absorption band of the fluorescent material does not overlap with the wavelengths over which source 125 emits, to prevent interference.
Layer 2725 may be deposited using applicator 2720; however, in some embodiments of the invention, fluorescent topical substance and/or marker is applied by 30 hand to form layer 2725; in such embodiments applicator 2720 may be omitted. In some embodiments, a fluorescent topical substance and/or marker is selected such that after applying the fluorescent topical substance and/or marker (e.g., by hand or any other suitable mechanism) and allowing it to remain for a predetermined time (e.g., I-S
minutes), the fluorescent topical substance and/or marker may be removed as some of the fluorescent topical substance and/or marker will have penetrated the skin and still be detectable.
1n some embodiments, a light projector 2730 projects a plurality of pulses of light onto layer 2725 having a wavelength in the absorption band of the fluorescent material to cause the fluorescent material to generate fluorescent light (i.e., to fluoresce).
Light projector 2730 may be any LED, laser, lamp or any other known source of light capable of causing layer 2725 to generate fluorescent light. In some embodiments, the t0 light pulses are uniform in intensity to generate uniform amounts of fluorescent light, and/or the pulses are generated at uniform intervals of time. Alternatively, the light may have any selected signal such that the signal has a known intensity (e.g., the signal may be a harmonic signal of known amplitude). Light projector 2730 may consist of a light source or may comprise a light source and focusing optics, beam steering optics, or any t 5 other suitable optical components.
In embodiments where the topical substance and/or marker is a fluorescent marker, detector 2740 is located to receive fluorescent light. Detector 2740 may be any detector sensitive to the fluorescent light emitted by fluorescent layer 2725 after light is projected onto it by the light projector 2730. Preferably, detector 2740 is a low electrical 2o noise detector.
In some embodiments, detector 2740 is a known distance L from light projector 2730. Detector 2740 may measure an intensity using a single photosensitive element to determine the location of a peak intensity of the fluorescent light, or may have an array of photosensitive elements to determine the location of the peak intensity of the 25 fluorescent light. In some embodiments, a band pass filter 2742 may be placed in front of detector 2740 to filter any extraneous light (i.e., any light other than fluorescent light emitted by fluorescent layer 2725).
Detector system 2750 is coupled to detector 2740 to calculate the speed of motion S. Speed of motion S may be calculated using any known method. In some 30 embodiments, light projector 2730 projects pulses onto layer 2725, which are uniformly spaced in time, and detector system 2750 determines a time interval between peaks in the fluorescent light intensity as detected by detector 2740. By calculating a ratio of the distance L and the time interval between the peaks, speed of motion S may be determined. Alternatively, light projector 2730 may project pulses of light of known intensity, and the detector system 2750 measures the intensity of the peak detected by the detector 2740. If light projector 2730 generates a pulse of light having a known intensity and if fluorescent layer 2725 emits fluorescent light having a known intensity and a known decay rate, a time interval between the pulse of light produced by projector 2730 and time at which detector 2740 detects the light can be calculated.
Because there is a known distance L between light projector 2730 and detector 2740, by calculating a ratio between distance L and time interval, a speed can be calculated.
to In other embodiments, the detector 2740 need not be a known distance L from light projector 2730. Instead, the applicator deposits bands of fluorescent marker in a known pattern, having a known spacing. Accordingly, light projected onto the pattern by projector 2730 is modulated by the known pattern, so the speed can be calculated.
For example, the known pattern may be formed by fluorescing molecules or particles at t5 periodical parallel lines (bars) with period D. When the handpiece is moved across the skin, the reflection signal is modulated with a period P=0/S, so the speed can calculated as S=NP.
In other embodiments of system 2700, layer 2725 is a topical substance and/or marker that is absorptive of light from projector 2730. In such embodiments, projector 20 2730 provides light having a wavelength in the band of absorption of the absorptive layer 2725. Similar to the fluorescent layer system described above, projector 2730 may be a projector that provides periodic pulses or harmonics; however, in the present embodiment, detector 2750 may measure a reflected portion of light, or may measure heat generated by the absorption of light by the layer (e.g., the detector may be an 25 infrared detector, a thermocouple, or a thermistor). Similar to the fluorescent topical system and/or marker system described above, the speed can be determined by measuring the time between pulses or using a known marker pattern.
In addition to optical topical substance and/or markers, electrical topical substance and/or markers may be used to measure speed of a phototreatment device. For 3o example, a Hall sensor can be used as a motion sensor to detect magnetic field from the current flowing through the topical substance and/or marker. Current and voltage in the Hall sensor will be proportional to the current through the topical substance and to speed of motion S. Alternatively, a conductive pattern can be formed on the film as periodical conductive lines (bars). Using an electrical sensor (e.g., an ohmmeter), speed S can be determined as a ratio of the spatial period of the conductive pattern to the period of modulation of the signal from the ohmmeter.
Alternatively, a magnetic topical substance and/or marker may be used for measuring speed of a phototreatment device. Movement of the topical substance in the magnetic field can be detected as electromotive force in simple voltage sensor. A
magnetic pattern can be formed on the film, for example, a pattern comprised of periodic magnetic lines (bars). In such embodiments, the electromotive force in the voltage to sensor will be modulated with a period inversely proportional to speed S.
C. Visualizing the Treated Area FIG. 28 is a schematic illustration of another aspect of the present invention directed to visibly indicating an area that has been treated. Because treatment with a ~5 phototreatment device 2800 usually does not cause any visible change to the skin, a topical substance and/or marker 2810 may be deposited to provide a visual indication of areas that have been treated.
In some embodiments, a topical substance 2810 and/or marker having optical characteristics that are visible to an operator of the phototreatment device are deposited 2o by an applicator coupled to the phototreatment device 2804. The applicator deposits the substance 2810 onto the tissue 2805 as the device is moved over a tissue region 2805, but prior to irradiation of the tissue region 2805 by the radiation source 2830 of the phototreatment device 2804. For example, the topical substance and/or marker 2810 can be comprised of a layer of lotion, gel, an adhesive wax, or a dye 25 described above with reference to FIG. 25A and FIG. 25B may be used.
Alternatively, the topical substance and/or marker may be deposited by hand or any suitable device, and the topical substance and/or marker may be removed by the phototreatment device such that after the phototreatment device has passed over the tissue, the operator can visually discern the treated area. In some embodiments, the 3o topical substance and/or marker has one or more optical characteristic that change after treatment (i.e., aHer exposure to phototreatment light). For example, the topical substances and/or marker may be invisible prior to exposure to the treatment light and become visible after treatment, or the topical substances and/or marker may be visible before treatment and become invisible after treatment (e.g., the topical substances and/or marker may be photo or thermally bleached). For example, suitable dyes can be selected from the polymethine, coumarine, or xanthene groups.
It is to be appreciated that although the aspects of the invention described in this application were described for use with a phototreatment device, aspects of the invention may have application in other types of devices that use consumable substances.
Additionally, it is to be appreciated that, although consumable substances have been described as having been delivered through a replaceable container integrated with or t o attached to a phototreatment device, the consumable substances may be held within containers that are not non-integrated with and non-attached to a phototreatment device;
in such embodiments consumable contents from a container may be directly applied to a tissue without passing through a phototreatment device.
15 D. Shut-Off Mechanism 40. In yet another aspect, the invention provides a system, having a radiation source, detector, and processor, for measuring a speed of motion of a phototreatment device over a tissue region, where the phototreatment device has an electromagnetic source to effect a phototreatment and the tissue region has a substance applied thereto.
An zo applicator coupled to the phototreatment device can be used for depositing the substance onto the tissue prior to irradiation of the tissue region by the radiation source. The substance contains a marker. Non-limiting examples of markers include fluorescent markers, absorptive markers, electrical markers, optical markers, and magnetic markers.
The radiation source is positioned on the phototreatment device to irradiate the tissue 25 region and the applied substance. The detector is associated with the phototherapeutic device configured and arranged to monitor the substance. The processor calculates a speed of motion of the phototreatment device based on signals from the detector. The radiation source can be further coupled to the phototreatment device for irradiating a plurality of tissue locations and the substance is applied thereto as the device moves over 3o the tissue region. The detector can be further coupled to the phototreatment device at a selected distance from the radiation source and arranged to monitor a response of the substance at an irradiated location subsequent to said irradiation. The processor can be further coupled to the detector for comparing said monitored response with a pre-selected value to determine a speed of motion of said phototreatment device.
The system can contain a comparator, for comparing the calculated speed of motion with a defined maximum speed value in order to determine when the calculated speed has exceeded a threshold established by the defined maximum speed. A
preferred maximum speed in the 100-500 mm/sec range. A comparator can also be used for comparing the calculated speed of motion with a defined minimum speed value in order to determine when the calculated speed has fallen below a threshold established by the to defined minimum speed. A preferred minimum speed is in the 10-100 mm/sec range.
The system also contains a shut-off switch responsive to a control signal to terminate phototreatment when the speed has fallen below the threshold, thereby preventing injury to the user. For example, the control signal can enable the processor to control the electromagnetic source based on the speed of the phototherapeutic device. The shut-off t5 switch can include a shutter that blocks the radiation and/or an alarm to alert the user.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, further features and advantages of the invention based on the above-described embodiments. Accordingly, the invention is not to be limited by what has been particularly shown and described, except as indicated by the appended claims.
20 All publications and references are herein expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety.
AND TOPICAL SUBSTANCES
PRIORITY
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application No. 10/154,756 filed May 23, 2002 and claims priority to U.S. provisional application No.
60/420,645 filed October 23, 2002 and U.S. provisional application No. 60/498,258 filed August 25, 2003.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed generally to systems and methods for phototreatment in which adjuvant substances are used for cooling or topical applications.
There exists a variety of conditions that are treatable using phototreatments of tissue (e.g., phototherapeutic and photocosmetic treatments). Such phototreatments include light-based hair removal, treatment of various skin lesions (including pigmented and vascular lesions as well as acne), tattoo removal, facial skin improvement, fat and cellulite treatment, scar removal, and skin rejuvenation (including wrinkle reduction and improvement of tone and texture), odor redaction, acne treatment to name a few.
Typically, light from a phototreatment device treats a tissue using a photothermal mechanism (i.e., a target structure or a tissue proximate the target structure is heated to effect the treatment) and/or a photodynamic therapy mechanism (i.e., the light causes a photochemical reaction). A variety of different light sources can be incorporated into a handpiece of a photocosmetic device for generating radiation suitable for a desired treatment of a patient's skin. These light sources, which can be either coherent or non-coherent, can emit light at a single wavelength, multiple wavelengths or in one or more wavelength bands. Some examples of such light sources include, without limitation, diode lasers, LEDs, arc lamps, flash lamps, tungsten lamps, and any other suitable light emitting devices.
Such light sources typically convert a portion of an applied electrical energy into optical energy while the rest of the electrical energy is converted into waste heat. For example, in a photocosmetic device that utilizes a diode laser bar as the source of optical radiation, up to about 40 - 60% of the electrical energy may be converted into waste heat. For LEDs, this loss can be as high as 70-99%. Other light sources may exhibit different efficiencies for generating optical energy. However, in general, a substantial amount of waste heat is generated that needs to be removed in order to ensure proper operation of the light source and to prevent shortening its lifetime. In addition, heat removal is important to ensure that the temperature of the components of the handpiece that are in contact with a patient's skin remain in a suitable range that is not damaging to the skin.
Adjuvant substances include consumable and reusable coolants to be applied to l0 one or more target components of a phototreatment device. For example, because of the use of high-power radiation to perform phototreatments, one or more electronic or optical components may generate significant amounts of heat. Such components include, for example, laser diodes, LED or high-power electrical components.
Coolants for removing heat from such components have been used to reduce the expense of I5 maintaining phototreatment devices by increasing their operational lifetimes and/or to improve their safety.
Phototreatment devices are also often used with other consumable materials including, for example, topical substances. Conventional topical substances include any suitable topical liquid or emollient, such as a lotion, gel, water, alcohol, or oil. Such 2o topical substances may be used, for example, to improve the safety of a device, efficacy of a treatment, cosmetic qualities of a treated tissue, and/or comfort of a patient.
While consumable substances, such as those discussed above may provide benefits, the use of consumable materials may lead to difficulty and expense in packaging, handling, and manufacturing of phototreatment devices employing such 2s materials. Hence, there is a need for methods and systems that allow efficient and cost effective delivery of adjuvant substances during phototreatment.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Methods and systems are disclosed for phototreatment in which replaceable 30 containers comprising one or more adjuvant (consumable or re-useable) substances are employed. The adjuvant substance can be, for example, a topical substance or a coolant.
Systems are disclosed for using a topical substance to detect contact of a phototreatment device with a tissue, detect speed of a phototreatment device over the tissue, detect regions of tissue that have been treated by a phototreatment device and/or to provide other benefits to the tissue such as improved skin tone and texture, tanning, etc. Safety systems are also disclosed that ensure that a proper consumable substance and/or container is connected to a phototreatment device and/or directed to a proper target.
Additionally, cooling systems and methods that utilize phase change materials for extracting heat from a light generating device are disclosed.
In one aspect, the invention provides a container having a container housing defining at least one compartment therein, a substance contained in the compartment, and an indicator coupled to the compartment for monitoring substance release during phototreatment. The housing and compartment are capable of being coupled to a phototreatment device to provide a flow path for substance release during phototreatment. The compartment can be fluidly coupled to at least one element selected from the group consisting of a head of a phototreatment device, a heat ~ 5 dissipating element in the phototreatment device, a target area, and a tissue region to be treated. The indicator can indicate an aspect of the container (i.e., amount of substance contained therein, temperature, etc.) or the substance (i.e., temperature, activity, etc.).
The indicator can be selected, for example, from the group including mechanical indicia, optical indicia, magnetic indicia, electronic indicia, and piezoelectronic indicia. The 2o substance can be a consumable substance and can contain a marker.
In another aspect of the invention, a subassembly is disclosed for use with a phototreatment device to treat a tissue. The subassembly has a container capable of storing a substance and coupling to the phototreatment device. The subassembly can further include a detector coupled to the container and configured and arranged to 25 monitor a substance parameter. The container can have an outlet to allow release and/or replenishing of the substance, which can be a consumable substance, such as a coolant and a topical substance. Non-limiting examples of a topical substance include lotions, water, alcohols, oils, gels, powders, aerosols, granular particles, creams, gels, waxes, and films. The consumable substance can include a super-cooled liquid, a pressurized gas, 30 or a phase change material. For example, the consumable substance can be a phase-changing material exhibiting a phase transition from a liquid to a gaseous state or exhibiting a phase transition from a solid to a liquid state. Suitable phase change materials include, but are not limited to, liquid carbon tetrafluoride, liquid COz, ice, frozen lotions, frozen wax, frozen creams and frozen gels. The container can be fluidly coupled to the device, a tissue region, a target area, a head of the device, or a heat dissipating element located within the device, e.g., located in a handle of the device.
The container can also contain a reusable substance, such as a phase-change material.
The detector can be a mechanical detector, an optical detector, a magnetic detector, an electronic detector, and a piezoelectronic detector. The subassembly can be replaced by the user.
In another aspect, the invention discloses a container having a housing defining at least one compartment therein, a substance contained in the compartment.
The housing and the compartment are capable of coupling to a phototreatment device to permit heat transfer between the substance and the device. The container further includes an indicator coupled to the compartment. The compartment is capable of being fluidly coupled to at least one of a head of a phototreatment device, a heat dissipating t 5 element, or a tissue to be treated. The substance contained in the container can be a re-useable substance, such as a phase change material, or a consumable substance, such as a coolant or topical substance. The substance can further contain a marker.
Non-limiting examples of markers include absorptive markers, photoactive markers, optical markers, fluorescent markers, electric markers, and magnetic markers. The marker can 2o indicate an aspect of the substance. The marker can be selected from the group consisting of dyes, metals, ions, colored particles, photosensitive dyes, photosensitive materials, carbon particles, conductive skin lotions, electrolyte sprays, conductive electrode gels, and oxides.
At least one compartment of the container can have a first compartment and a 25 second compartment, the first compartment is adapted to couple to a tissue, and the second compartment is adapted to couple to a heat dissipating element in the phototreatment device. The first compartment can contain a topical substance, such as lotion, cream, wax, film, water, alcohol, oil, gel, powder, aerosol, and granular particles.
The topical substance can achieve at least one of moisturizing skin, UV
protection, 3o tanning skin, improving skin texture, improving skin tone, reduction and/or prevention of cellulite, reduction and/or prevention of acne, wrinkle reduction and/or prevention of wrinkles, reduction of scars, reduction and/or prevention of vascular lesions, reduction in pore size, oil reduction in sebum secretion, skin elasticity improvement, reduction in sweat secretion, reduction and/or improvement of odor, body hair reduction or removal, and stimulation of hair growth. The second compartment of the container can contain a coolant. Non-limiting examples of a coolant include liquid tetrafluorethane (R-134a), liquid COZ, ice, frozen lotion, frozen gel, cristallohydrates (45%CaCI*6H20:
55%CaBr*6H20 ore KF*4H20), organic materials as HO(CZH40)8C2H40H (PE
Glycol), Caprilic acid, Hexadecane, and Paraffin 5913. A single consumable substance can function as a topical substance and a coolant, and can be directed to both tissue and a heat dissipating element. In some embodiments of the present invention, a container t0 for a topical substance and/or coolant comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element of the phototreatment device.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of operating a phototreatment device comprising the steps of coupling a container of an adjuvant substance, having an indicator associated therewith to permit monitoring of the substance, to a phototreatment device, determining a value of the indicator, and enabling operation of the phototreatment device if the value is acceptable. The step of enabling operation can include, for example, activating a radiation source. The indicator can be, without limitation, an optical indicator, mechanical indicator, electronic indicator, and magnetic 2o indicator.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides a system, having a radiation source, a detector, and a processor, for measuring a speed of motion of a phototreatment device over a tissue region, where the phototreatment device has an electromagnetic source to effect a phototreatment and the tissue region has a substance applied thereto.
An applicator coupled to the phototreatment device can be used for depositing the substance, which can contain a marker, onto the tissue prior to irradiation of the tissue region by the radiation source. The substance contains a marker. Non-limiting examples of markers include fluorescent markers, absorptive markers, electrical markers, optical markers, and magnetic markers. The radiation source can be positioned on the phototreatment device to irradiate the tissue region and the applied substance.
The detector is associated with the phototherapeutic device configured and arranged to monitor the substance. The processor calculates a speed of motion of the phototreatment device based on signals from the detector. The radiation source can be further coupled to the phototreatment device for irradiating a plurality of tissue locations and the substance applied thereto as the device moves over the tissue region. The detector can be further coupled to the phototreatment device at a selected distance from the radiation source and arranged to monitor a response of the substance at an irradiated location subsequent to the irradiation. The processor can be further coupled to the detector for comparing the monitored response with a pre-selected value to determine a continues or discrete speed of motion of the phototreatment device.
The system can contain a comparator for comparing the calculated speed of to motion with a defined maximum speed value in order to determine when the calculated speed has exceeded a threshold established by the defined maximum speed. A
maximum speed can be in the 10-500 mm/sec range. A comparator can also be used for comparing the calculated speed of motion with a defined minimum speed value in order to determine when the calculated speed has fallen below a threshold established by the ~5 defined minimum speed. A minimum speed can be in the 5-100 mm/sec range.
The system also contains a shut-off switch responsive to a control signal to terminate phototreatment when the speed has fallen below the threshold, thereby preventing potential injury to the user, or when the speed is above the threshold, thereby preventing ineffective treatment. For example, the control signal can enable the processor to 2o control the electromagnetic source based on the speed of the phototherapeutic device.
The shut-off switch can include a shutter that blocks the radiation and/or an alarm to alert the user.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of operating a phototreatment device that includes the steps of applying a topical substance to a tissue, detecting a 2s parameter associated with the topical substance, and enabling operation of the phototreatment device based on a detected value of the substance parameter.
In yet another aspect, a phototreatment device for use with a marker is disclosed.
The device includes a radiation source to effect a phototreatment on a region of tissue, and a detector assembly to detect the marker and to selectively activate the radiation 3o source based on marker detection. The detector can be, for example, an optical detector, a heat detector, an electronic detector, a mechanical detector, or a magnetic detector.
The detector assembly can be configured and arranged to detect a reflected portion of light from an object, and to determine if the object is a tissue. The device can also have an applicator configured and arranged to deposit the marker in at least a portion of the region.
In other aspects, applicants have realized that a phase transition of a phase change material can be employed to extract heat from an element that is heated or generates heat ("heated element") and is incorporated in a handpiece of a photocosmetic device. The heated element may be any element that generates heat. Such heat generating elements can include, for example, a light source, a portion of a patient's skin or electronics incorporated in the device. Further, a heated element can include any to element that receives heat (i.e., it is heated) from a heat generating source. Such elements can include, for example, a heat sink, a heat exchanger, a heat spreader, a heat pipe, a heat transfer element, a circulating gas or liquid, or components (including optical components) that are in thermal contact with a treatment site. The term "phase change material," as used herein, refers to any substance or compound that exhibits at t 5 least two phases between which a transition can be caused by either removing heat from or depositing heat into the substance or compound. The transition between these phases typically occurs at a well defined temperature herein referred to as a phase transition temperature, which can depend on ambient pressure. The heat deposited or removed from such a phase transition material at the phase transition temperature is herein 2o referred to as the latent heat associated with the phase transition. For example, a phase change material can be initially in a solid phase, and can transition into a liquid phase by absorbing an amount of heat, which is herein referred to as the latent heat of melting.
In many embodiments of the invention described below, ice is employed as a phase change material for removing waste heat generated by a light source incorporated 25 in a handpiece of a photocosmetic device. Applicants have discovered that ice is a particularly suitable material for use in various embodiments of the invention because it exhibits a fairly high latent heat of melting, namely, 330 J/g at atmospheric pressure, thus providing an efficient mechanism for heat removal. Further, melting of ice generates water, which is a biologically compatible substance, is environmentally safe, 3o and can be mixed with skin beneficial compounds. Although ice is described below as one preferred substance whose phase transition can be utilized in the practice of the invention for heat removal, it should be understood that other suitable phase transition materials can also be employed. Further, rather than utilizing the latent heat of melting, _g_ the latent heat of sublimation of a phase transition material, such as dry ice, can be utilized in the practice of the invention to remove heat from a heated element.
A variety of different embodiments that utilize such phase change for cooling a photocosmetic device are described below. In principle, the phase change medium, e.g., ice, can be provided in the handpiece itself to be in thermal contact with a heat generator (e.g., a light source), typically via a heat transfer element (e.g., a copper block), or in thermal contact with any other heated element. Alternatively, the phase transition medium can be provided in a base of the photocosmetic device to extract heat from a cooling fluid that circulates between the base and the handpiece to cool a heat generator (e.g., light source) or any other heated element (e.g., the optical system that delivers light onto a patient's skin). Those having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that other alternative approaches are also possible. For example, phase transition media can be provided both in the handpiece for direct cooling of the heated elements in the t5 handpiece (e.g., the skin and/or light source) and in the base for functioning as a heat exchanger for electronics.
In one aspect, the invention provides a closed-loop (renewable) cooling system for extracting heat from a heated element of a photocosmetic device in which a phase change medium, e.g., ice, subsequent to its phase transition as a result of heat absorption 2o is regenerated in a state suitable for heat extraction, and is reused. The regeneration of the phase change medium can be performed, for example, by a refrigeration unit incorporated in, or externally coupled to the photocosmetic device.
In another aspect, a phase change medium is utilized to extract heat from a circulating fluid that in turn removes heat from a heated element of a photocosmetic 2s device. The phase change medium can be located remotely relative to the heated element.
The term "thermal contact" is generally known in the art. To the extent that a definition may be needed, this term as used herein in intended to encompass any coupling between at least two elements that allows transfer of heat between them. Such 3o a thermal coupling can be obtained by a direct physical contact between the elements, or via an intermediate heat conducting element, or heat pipe or loop with circulating gas or liquid. A heat exchanger is a device for transferring heat from one medium to another, for example, from water to air, from ice to water, or from water to water. The better the thermal contact between the media, the more effective the heat exchanger.
Alternatively, or in addition, radiative heat transfer can be established between two elements without direct physical contact or the use of an intermediate heat conducting element. Hence, in general, two elements are in thermal contact so long as heat can be transferred between them.
In further aspects, the invention provides a cartridge that can contain a selected quantity of a phase change material. The cartridge can couple to a heated element incorporated in a photocosmetic device, so as to bring the phase change material into l0 thermal contact therewith. The heat transfer from the heated element to the phase change medium causes a phase transition of the phase change medium, for example, from a solid state to a liquid state, thereby removing heat from the heated element. The cartridge can further include a flow path for directing fluid, which can be generated following the phase change, away from the heated element.
15 In another aspect, the invention provides a cartridge for storing a phase change medium, which can be removably and replaceably placed within the flow path of a cooling fluid utilized for extracting heat from a heated element of a photocosmetic device. A phase transition of the phase change medium removes heat carried by the cooling fluid, thereby lowering its temperature.
20 In another aspect, the invention provides mechanisms for applying pressure to a phase change medium to facilitate maintaining good or optimum thermal contact between the phase change medium and a heated element incorporated in a photocosmetic device. The applied pressure ensures that the phase change medium remains in good or optimum thermal contact with the heated element as the heat from 2s the heated element causes a phase transition of the phase change medium at its interface with the heated element.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides a cooling device, in which a phase change medium can be stored, that can couple to an optically transmissive element of a handpiece of a photocosmetic device so as to provide thermal contact between the phase 30 change medium and the optical element. A phase transition of the phase change medium extracts heat from the optical element, thereby maintaining its temperature in an acceptable range.
Although several of the following embodiments are directed to cooling a light source incorporated in a photocosmetic device, those having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the teachings of the invention can be employed to cool light sources incorporated in other devices, such as, military, consumer or commercial lighting, industrial, medical and a variety of consumer devices. In general, the teachings of the invention are applicable to cooling any light source having a finite operational life time.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
to Illustrative, non-limiting embodiments of the present invention will be described by way of example with reference to the accompanying drawings.
FIG. lA is a schematic view of one example of an embodiment of a phototreatment device to treat a tissue according to aspects of the present invention;
FIG. IB is a schematic view illustrating some aspects of a self contained phototreatment device according to the present invention;
FIG. 2 is a schematic view of a phototreatment device including a consumable substance application system according to aspects of the present invention;
FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of a first example of a container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a phototreatment device;
z5 FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of a second example of a container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a phototreatment device;
FIG. 3C is a cross-sectional view of a third example of a container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a phototreatment device;
FIG. 4A is a schematic view of an exemplary embodiment of an application system for use with a replaceable container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a head of a phototreatment device;
FIG. 4B is a second schematic view of an exemplary embodiment of an application system for use with a replaceable container comprises a first compartment fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment fluidly connectable to a head to of a phototreatment device;
FIG. 4C is a top view of an embodiment of a container;
FIG. 4D is a bottom view of an embodiment of a container;
FIG. SA is a first schematic view of a phototreatment device having an indicia-based, detection and enablement system for use with a phototreatment device;
FIG. 5B is a schematic view of a container for use with an indicia-based 2o detection and enablement system;
FIG. 6 is a schematic view of a container having a region to cool a heat dissipating element in a phototreatment device;
FIG. 7 is a block diagram that schematically depicts an exemplary embodiment of the invention in which the phase change medium is in direct thermal contact with a heated element incorporated in a photocosmetic device, to cool the heated element during operation of the device;
3o FIG. 8A is a block diagram that schematically depicts another exemplary embodiment of the invention in which a phase change material is employed to extract heat from a circulating fluid that cools a light source of a photocosmetic device;
FIG. 8B is a block diagram that schematically depicts yet another exemplary embodiment having a removable heat exchanger that can be coupled to a photocosmetic device to transfer heat from a circulating cooling fluid, which extracts heat from a light source of the device, to a phase change material;
F1G. 9 is a cut-away, schematic perspective view of an exemplary handpiece of a photocosmetic device according to one embodiment of the invention;
to FIG. 10 is a cut-away view of an ice cartridge coupled to a heat sink of the handpiece shown in FIG. 9;
FIG. 11 is a cut-away view of the cartridge shown in FIG. 10 prior to its engagement with the heat sink;
FIG. 12 schematically illustrates coupling of the cartridge of FIG. 11 with the heatsink of the handpiece of FIG. 10;
FIG. 13 schematically illustrates full engagement of the ice cartridge of FIG.
2o with the heat sink of the handpiece of FIG. 10;
FIG. 14 schematically shows a handpiece of a photocosmetic device of the invention that allows diverting a portion of a liquid generated as a result of melting of a phase change material onto a treatment area of a patient's skin;
FIGS 15A is a schematic perspective view of a cooling mechanism, coupling the cartridge of FIG. 11 onto a base unit of a photocosmetic device and utilizing a TE cooler provided in the base unit for freezing water contained in the cartridge into ice;
3o FIG. 1 SB is a schematic perspective view of another mechanism for cooling a cartridge containing a phase change medium;
FIG. 16 is a block diagram that schematically illustrates a heat exchanger according to one embodiment of the invention that can removably and replaceably couple to a base unit of a photocosmetic device for cooling a fluid circulating between the base unit and a handpiece of the device for removing heat from a heated element incorporated in the handpiece;
FIG. 17 is a schematic perspective view of a cassette containing ice coupled to a base unit of a photocosmetic device for removing heat from a heat exchanger provided t o in the base unit;
FIG. 18A is a schematic perspective view of the cassette of FIG. 17 coupled to a receiving module in a base unit of the photocosmetic device;
~5 FIG. 18B schematically illustrates the cassette and the receiving module of FIG.
18A in a disengaged state;
FIG. 19 is a cut-away perspective view schematically illustrating various components of the cassette of FIG. 18B;
FIG. 20 illustrates coupling of the cassette of FIG. 19 with a heat exchanger provided in the receiving module of FIG. 18B;
FIG. 21 schematically illustrates reduction of ice volume in a lower portion of an ice container of the cassette of FIG. 20 as the heat removed from a heated element of the photocosmetic device causes melting of the ice;
FIG. 22 schematically illustrates that upon melting of all of the ice in a lower portion of the container of FIG. 21, the generated water is accumulated in an upper 3o portion of the container;
FIG. 23 schematically illustrates a cooling device for removing heat from an optical transmissive element of a handpiece of a photocosmetic device according to one embodiment of the invention;
FIG. 24A and FIG. 24B schematically illustrate alternative implementations of the cooling device of FIG. 23;
FIG. 25A is a graphical representation of absorption spectra for some exemplary dyes suitable for use as markers of areas to be treated;
FIG. 25B is a graphical representation of exemplary absorption spectra for some exemplary, biocompatible dyes suitable for use as markers of areas to be treated;
t5 Fig. 26 illustrates photo-enhancement of transcutaneous penetration of a retinol-containing preparation observed in in vitro conditions;
FIG. 27 is a schematic view of a system for measuring a speed of motion of a device on a tissue using a layer of marker material; and FIG. 28 is a schematic illustration of another aspect of the present invention directed to visibly indicating an area that has been treated.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Aspects of phototreatment devices according to the present invention, for use in medical or non-medical environments, may include, for example, the following characteristics: (1) reduced thermal tissue damage (for example, it is desirable to avoid wounds and other skin injuries); (2) improved safety and efficacy (e.g., the device increases the likelihood that the appropriate consumable substances are used;
that the 3o device is in contact with particular tissue to be treated to avoid injury to sensitive tissues (e.g., the eyes); that the device is moved over tissue within a particular range of speeds;
and that treated areas are not overtreated); (3) easy maintenance (preferably maintaining a device in useable condition and replacing expended parts can be easily accomplished);
(4) easy manufacture (e.g., preferably the device is manufacturable in high volume); (5) low-cost manufacture and operation (e.g., preferably the device is available and operable at a reasonable price); (6) small package size (preferably the device is small and easily stored, for example, in a bathroom); (7) improved patient comfort during treatment (i.e., the device preferably results in reduced pain from light or mechanical action); (8) ease of use (e.g., providing a visual indication of regions of tissue that have been treated or regions to be treated); (9) it is capable of providing additional aesthetic benefits (e.g., application of a self tanning substance). Currently available phototreatment devices to have limitations related to one or more ofthe above characteristics.
The present invention provides systems and methods for using a phototreatment device with a substance, which can provide beneficial effects to the user such as cooling the target area, providing a means for generating a safety shut-off mechanism, marking the area that has been treated, delivering therapeutic effects to the patient, etc. The 15 substance is contained within a compartment that is coupled to the phototreatment device. The substance can be an adjuvant substance, which is either consumable or re-useable.
I. Substances: Consumable and Reuseable 2o The container described in the present invention can be used with an adjuvant substance. An "adjuvant substance" as used herein is intended to include both re-useable substances (i.e., phase change coolant materials) and consumable substances (i.e., topical substances and disposable coolants).
A coolant may be any suitable transportable material capable of absorbing heat.
25 For example, a coolant may comprise tetrafluorethan (R-134a), liquid CO2, ice, frozen lotion, wax or frozen gel. In some embodiments, the coolant is a phase change material (i.e., a material that changes phase in response to addition or removal of heat). Example of phase transition substances include : cristallohydrates (45%CaCI*6H20:
55%CaBr*6H20 ore KF*4H20), organic materials as HO(CZH40)8CZH40H (PE
30 Glycol), Caprilic acid, Hexadecane and Paraffin 5913. For example, the container may contain a pressurized gas in liquid phase (such that the liquid coolant is projected onto a target to absorb heat from the target, and in response to heat absorbed, the liquid changes to a gas), or a solid state material (e.g., a powder or granules or a block of material) with a melting temperature below the temperature of the target heat dissipating element.
Various other phase changing materials may be used.
A topical substance may be any suitable transportable material to perform any suitable function. For example, a topical substance may enhance the efficacy of a phototreatment (e.g., coupling light from a source into a tissue, or by removing residual hairs), increase safety of a phototreatment device (e.g., cooling the tissue, indicating areas that have been treated, indicating rate of movement of the device over the tissue), provide comfort to a patient during or after a phototreatment (e.g., by containing mild 1o anesthetic ingredients and/or by cooling), or provide additional benefits for the skin and subcutaneous tissue (e.g., by moisturizing skin, tanning skin, ultraviolet (UV) protection, improving skin texture and tones, improvement of skin elasticity, reduction or prevention of cellulite, decreasing the appearance of cellulite, reduction and/or prevention of acne, reduction and or prevention of wrinkles, decreasing the appearance t 5 of scars, reduction and/or prevention of vascular lesions, reduction in pore size, oil reduction in sebum secretion, reduction of sweat, reduction of odor, reduction or removal of body hair, stimulation of hair growth, etc.). In some embodiments, penetration of a tissue by topical substances may be photo-enhanced and/or the effect of the topical substance may be photo-enhanced by radiation from source 125.
20 According to some aspects of the present invention, a topical substance may comprise a lotion, water, alcohol, oil, gel, powder, aerosol, granular particles, cream, gel, wax, film or any other suitable substance. Exemplary topical substances are preferably: biocompatible; have a low absorption coefficient for the wavelength or wavelengths of light that effects a phototreatment (e.g., less than 1 cm ~);
and have a low 25 scattering coefficient for the wavelength of light that effects a phototreatment (e.g., less than 10 cm-~ ).
Topical substances for use with phototreatment devices operated in contact with a tissue preferably have: a refractive index close to the refractive index of the epidermis (e.g., the index may be 1.3-1.6, and preferably 1.4-1.55); a high thermal conductivity 30 (e.g., greater than 0.1-1 W/m/K); and a good lubrication effect. It is to be appreciated that a topical substance can be applied to the treatment region by the patient or operator, or be dispensed from a suitable dispensing device. It is to be appreciated that a consumable substance may have multiple purposes and effects, for example, the consumable substance may operate both as a topical substance and a coolant. In such embodiments, a substance may be fluidly coupled to the tissue and the heat dissipating element, or the substance may be fluidly coupled only to the tissue but provide both cooling and other benefits to the tissue.
In other aspects of the present invention, efficacy and/or safety of a phototreatment may be improved where the topical substance itself (which may or may not be a coolant) or a marker (added to the topical substance) is used to designate an area to be treated, facilitate detection of motion of a phototreatment device over tissue, and/or to facilitate measurement of speed of said motion.
Phase change materials can be used as re-useable substances. The phase transition of a phase change material can be from a solid phase to a liquid phase, i.e., melting of ice, or from a solid phase to a gas phase, i.e., sublimation of dry ice stored in a cartridge. The phase-change material can be employed for removing heat from the l5 light source. Ice is a particularly good choice for the phase change material because it exhibits a high latent heat of melting and is biologically and environmentally safe. It should, however, be appreciated that any other suitable phase change material can also be utilized in the practice of the invention. In some embodiments, a frozen mixture of water and an additive, such as salt or alcohol, can be used as the phase change material.
2o Other examples of the phase change material include gallium and wax. In general, a suitable phase change material preferably exhibits a relatively high latent heat of melting to allow efficient heat dissipation, and is biologically safe. In addition, the phase change material is preferably safe for release into the surrounding environment.
Further, skin beneficial ingredients can be added to the phase change material to be released onto a 25 portion of the patient's skin during treatment of the skin by the photocosmetic device.
Such ingredients can provide beneficial and/or therapeutic effects independent of the therapeutic effects provided by the exposure of the skin to light or heating or cooling provided by the photocosmetic device. Alternatively, the skin beneficial ingredients can be photo or thermally activated by the device to provide their intended beneficial effects.
3o A single or multi-use cartridge containing both phase change material and skin beneficial ingredients can be configured in many ways including a) a phase change material (such as ice) mixed with skin beneficial ingredients in a single chamber or b) a phase change material and skin beneficial ingredients located in two separate chambers.
The cartridge can be located either in the base unit or the handpiece and can be designed to be replaceable by the user.
For a single-use cartridge, the user would simply replace the old cartridge with a new one prior to treatment. Assuming ice is used as the phase change material to cool the light source, a supply of single-use cartridges could be kept in the freezer and used as needed.
For a multi-use ice 'cartridge with separate chambers for the captive ice/water and beneficial ingredients delivered to skin, the water could be refrozen after use. The multi-to use cartridge could be designed to contain enough skin beneficial ingredients for 10 (nominal) treatments. If a marker was mixed in with the skin beneficial ingredients and the device was designed to activate only when the marker was detected, then the user would be forced to replace the cartridge even though the water could again be refrozen.
The lotion dispensed on the skin can contain both skin beneficial ingredients and ~ s compounds designed to improve the thermal and optical contact between handpiece and skin. In the case of a handpiece designed for unidirectional scanning across the skin surface, the lotion can be deposited on the skin either pre or post laser irradiation. By depositing a lotion designed to improve thermal and optical contact prior to laser irradiation, improved safety and efficacy can be achieved. A lotion cooled by the ice in 20 the cartridge could be applied to the skin post irradiation to make the treatment more comfortable for the user. Whether applied pre or post irradiation, the lotion will provide lubrication, which allows the handpiece to be easily scanned across the skin surface.
II. Phototreatment Devices Coupled to a Container 25 FIG. lA is a schematic view of one example of an embodiment of a phototreatment device 100 to treat a target area or tissue 150, for example, skin.
Typically, photocosmetic treatments involve treating a target area located within an epidermal or dermal layer. For example, in the case of hair removal, it may be desirable to heat a bulb 152 of a hair follicle 160. Phototreatment device 100 includes a base unit 30 120, an umbilical cord 132 (also referred to herein as a "cord"), and a handpiece 170.
According to an aspect of the present invention, phototreatment device 100 also includes a replaceable container 130 containing a consumable substance comprising, for example, a coolant or a topical substance. In other embodiments, container 130 may contain a topical substance and be fluidly connected to tissue 150.
Base unit 120 may include a power supply 124 to power an electromagnetic radiation (EMR) source 125 (also referred to herein simply as a "source"), which effects a phototreatment. Power supply 124 may be connected to an external power source or an internal battery. EMR source 125 may be any source (e.g., a laser, a lamp, an LED, or collected sunlight) capable of producing electromagnetic radiation to effect any presently-known or later-developed phototreatment. Power supply 124 may be to electrically coupled to handpiece 170 via cord 132. Cord 132 is preferably lightweight and flexible.
Handpiece 170 includes a treatment head 180 (also referred to as a "head") configured to be used in proximity to tissue 150, and a handle 190 that may be grasped by an operator to move head 180 in any direction across tissue 150. For example, head t 5 180 may be pushed across the tissue in a forward direction 105 or pulled across the tissue in a backward direction 106. Handpiece 170 may be mechanically driven by a suitable mechanical apparatus or hand-scanned manually across tissue 150.
Typically, during a given stroke (i.e., movement over tissue 150), contact will be maintained between head 180 and tissue 150 while head 180 is moved, although some 2o phototreatments according to the present invention may be achieved without contact.
Firm contact between head 180 and tissue 150 is preferable to ensure good thermal and optical contact therebetween. Phototreatment device 100 is further described in U.S.
Application 10/154,756 filed May 23, 2002, entitled "Cooling System for a Photocosmetic Device," by Altshuler et al., the entirety of which is hereby incorporated 25 by reference.
In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 1, source 125 is located in base unit and connected to head 180 via a light pipe (e.g., an optical fiber, not shown) in cord 132.
The light pipe may extend through handle 190, or may be otherwise connected to head 180 to deliver light to tissue 150. In some embodiments, the source is located in the 3o handpiece, for example, in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 2 below, a source 252 is located in a handpiece 280.
While the above embodiment of a phototreatment device is modular (i.e., having a separated base unit and handpiece), it is to be appreciated that phototreatment devices according to aspects of the present invention can be implemented in a self contained unit, in which an entire phototreatment device is implemented as a handheld device.
FIG. 1 B is a cross-sectional schematic of one embodiment of a self contained photocosmetic device according to the present invention. Handpiece 101 comprises an optical source 155, an optical system 144, and a container 146 for a consumable substance. The device is shown in contact with a tissue region 150'. Optical system 144 to couples light from light source 155 into a tissue region 150'.
A power supply 147 (e.g., battery or capacitor) supplies electrical current to optical source 155. In some embodiments, power source 147 may be charged via an electrical contact 151 or an electrical cord (not shown). An on/off button 143 controls the electrical power. A housing 153 may be used to enclose, protect, or mount one or t5 more of the above parts. Optionally, a hair removal device 154 (e.g., a razor) may be located to remove hair prior to irradiation by light from optical source 155 to ensure that substantially no hair extends above the skin surface. Further details regarding self contained devices are given in U.S. Application 10/154,756, incorporated by reference herein above. In some embodiments, container 130' is coupled to optical source 155 or 20 an optical system 144.
As described in greater detail below, in some embodiments, containers 130 and 130' can contain an adjuvant substance. An "adjuvant substance" as used herein is intended to include both re-useable substances (i.e., phase change materials) and consumable substances (i.e., topical substances and coolants).
25 In one embodiment, container 130 or 130', shown in FIG. lA and 1B, contains a coolant and is fluidly connected to a heat dissipating element of phototreatment device 100, 101 either in the base unit or in the handpiece (for example, heat dissipating element 222 illustrated in FIG. 2 below). The coolant may instead be or may also be fluidly connected to tissue 150, 150' to cool the tissue. The phrase "heat dissipating 3o element" is defined herein to mean any element that dissipates heat. A heat dissipating element may be a heat source (e.g., EMR source 125 or power supply 124) or an element that dissipates heat from a heat generating element (e.g., a heat sink or thermally conductive electrode).
FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of a phototreatment device 200 according to aspects of the present invention. A handpiece 280 includes a source 252 located to direct light from a head 272 onto a target area 250 (e.g., an area of a patient's skin) on which a selected phototreatment is to be performed.
A replaceable container 210 includes a consumable substance, for example, a coolant 215, that may be fluidly connected to tissue 250 and/or a heat dissipating element 222 in handpiece 280 and/or a heat dissipating element in base unit 220 (not shown). A "fluidly connected" container is defined herein as a container configured and arranged to deliver a substance (e.g., a consumable substance) to a selected location (e.g., a tissue and/or a heat dissipating element). For example, a fluidly connected container may be directly connected to a selected location or may be connected via a conduit and/or a valve. In some embodiments, container 210 is fluidly connected to a selected location (e.g., a tissue or heat dissipating element) via a conduit 270. A
is consumable substance to be delivered may be any suitable transportable substance. For example, a transportable substance may be a gas, liquid, gel, powder, granules, or any substance capable of being delivered from a container to a selected location.
Consumable substances may provide any benefits as described above and may provide benefits such as improved moisture, tone, texture, skin color, or exfoliation.
20 Additionally, for example, a consumable substance may have a suitable color or be capable of changing color after receiving light from a phototreatment device, for example, to identify regions of tissue that have been treated by a phototreatment device as described herein. As other examples, a consumable substance may be a fluorescent material for use in a measuring speed of the device over tissue as described herein, or 25 may provide any of a variety of other benefits as will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art.
A conduit may allow flow of the consumable substance to only tissue 250 or only to a heat dissipating element 222. Alternatively, conduit 270 may be bifurcated to allow flow of the consumable substance to both tissue 250 through a branch 270a, and a 30 heat dissipating element 222 through a branch 270b. Alternatively, container 210 may be coupled to two separate conduits, one to allow flow of the consumable substance to tissue 250, and one to allow flow to heat dissipating element 222. In some embodiments, conduit 270 may comprise rigid plumbing within the base unit 220, and may comprise flexible plumbing in the region of the umbilical cord 232 to allow a user to freely move and orient the handpiece 280. Conduit 270 may be located such that the consumable substance 215 is delivered onto an area of tissue 250 before, during and/or after phototreatment light is directed on the area of tissue.
As mentioned above, where a consumable substance 215 is a coolant, it may be any substance capable of absorbing heat. Preferably, the coolant is capable of efficiently absorbing heat. In some embodiments, the coolant changes phase as a result of absorbing heat from heat dissipating element 222 or tissue 250. The coolant may be a to liquid that becomes gaseous; or a solid or gel that becomes liquid or gaseous. For example, the coolant may be a pressurized liquid, such as liquid carbon tetrafluoride or liquid CO2, or the coolant may be a solid, such as ice, frozen lotion or frozen gel that evaporates and/or liquifies upon absorbing heat from a selected location (e.g., heat dissipating element 222 or tissue 250). In other embodiments, the coolant may be a t5 super-cooled liquid (i.e., liquid cooled below nominal freezing temperature of its principal component).
Consumable substance 215 may be pressurized using any known method such that the consumable substance may be projected onto a selected location upon release of the pressure via conduit 270. For example, consumable substance 215 may be 2o mechanically compressed by reducing the volume of container 210 (e.g., by a spring, repelling magnets, or other suitable apparatus for applying pressure). In some embodiments, consumable substance 21 S is a liquified gas under pressure, where container 210 includes a portion of liquified gas 215 and a portion of gas 218. In some embodiments, the pressure in the container projects a portion of liquified gas 215 to a 25 selected location. Alternatively, any suitable consumable substance 215 may be pressurized and projected by adding any suitable pressurized gas 218.
It is to be appreciated that a consumable substance may include a combination of materials. For example, a consumable substance 215 may comprise a coolant and a topical substance such that the consumable substance may be applied to tissue 250 and a 3o heat dissipating element 222.
One or more valves 230, 233, 234 may be included to control the release of consumable substance 215. Valves 230, 233, 234 may be any valves controllable using electrical, mechanical, magnetic controls or any other suitable valves. In some embodiments, one or more of valves 230, 233, 234 may be controllable based on speed of movement across the skin as measured by a motion sensor 240, or a temperature measured at the skin by a temperature sensor 242 or a temperature measured at heat dissipating element 222 by a temperature sensor 243. Motion sensor 240 and temperature sensors 242 and 243 are described in greater detail in U.S.
Application 10/154,756, incorporated by reference herein above.
Valves 230, 233, 234 may be located in any suitable location to control the release of consumable substance 215. In some embodiments, a valve 230 is connected to to container 210 or located in base unit 220, thereby avoiding adding to the size and weight of umbilical cord 236 or handpiece 280. In other embodiments, one or more valves 233 and 234 are located in handpiece 280, proximate a selected location (e.g., proximate tissue 250 or a heat dissipating element 222). For example, locating one or more valves in a handpiece 280 allows a pressurized liquid coolant 215 to be maintained in a liquid state to facilitate projecting the coolant onto the selected location in a liquid state; accordingly, as described above, the liquid coolant may change phase as a result of heat absorbed from a selected location.
In some embodiments, valve 230 is a displacement valve connected to container 210, and base unit 220 has a corresponding pin to displace valve 230 such that upon 2o proper positioning of container 210, valve 230 is activated and consumable substance 215 fills conduit 270. Optionally, container 210 and base unit 220 may be threaded such that container 210 is screwed into base unit 222.
1n some embodiments, base unit 220 maintains container 210 in a specific orientation. For example, container 210 may be maintained in an orientation such that valve 230 is at the bottom container 230 (i.e., gravity allows consumable substance 215 to flow through valve 230).
Although only one container is illustrated, phototreatment devices comprising two or more containers each containing a consumable substance, such as coolants and/or topical substances, are within the scope of the invention. As one of ordinary skill will 3o understand, in the case of two or more such containers, each of the containers is fluidly connected to one or more selected locations.
According to some embodiments of the invention, two containers may be connected to a single conduit or separate conduits that meet at the same target location to allow the consumable substances in the two containers to be physically or chemically combined either prior to or upon arrival at the selected location. Allowing two or more topical substances to be mixed may provide a great many benefits. For example, the mixture of the topical substances may provide an improved topical substance or coolant.
Additionally, the two or more topical substances may have longer shelf life if kept in separate containers, or the mixture of the topical substances may cause a chemical to reaction providing different benefits than either substance alone. For example, the combining of the consumable substances may result in an endothermic reaction that provides cooling or an active substance for topical application (e.g., an exfoliant, hair removal substance or self tanning compound).
FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional side view of an example of a container 300 according to an aspect of the invention. Container 300 comprises a first compartment 310 fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment 320 fluidly connectable to a head or base unit of the phototreatment device. A "fluidly connected compartment" is defined as a compartment configured and arranged to deliver a consumable substance to a selected location. For example, a fluidly connected compartment may be directly 2o connected to a selected location or may be connected via a conduit and/or a valve, as described above with respect to FIG. 2. A "fluidly connectable compartment" is defined herein to be a compartment capable of being arranged to deliver a consumable substance to a selected location. It is to be appreciated a fluidly connectable compartment may provide for the flow of liquids, gases, gels, or suitable solids (e.g., powder or granules).
2s First compartment 310 and second compartment 320 each contain a corresponding consumable substance 312 and 322. Consumable substances 312 and may be any consumable substances suitable for use with a phototreatment device as described herein. In some embodiments, at least one of consumable substances 312 and 322 is suitable for application on a tissue as a topical substance which may or may not 3o cool the tissue and the other is a coolant for a heat dissipating element as described above with reference to FIG. 2.
First compartment 310 and second compartment 320 may be separated by any divider 330 capable of separating consumable substances 312 and 322. The divider may be rigid or flexible; divider 330 may be fixed to a wall 302 of container 300, or may be moveable relative to wall 302. In some embodiments, there may be more than one divider present.
In some embodiments, frst compartment 310 and second compartment 320 are in pressure communication. The phrase "pressure communication" is defined herein to mean that a pressure in one of first compartment 310 and second compartment 320 is applied to the other compartment, respectively. Preferably, pressure communication allows the first compartment 310 and second compartment 320 to have equal pressure therein.
First compartment 310 and second compartment 320 may be separated by a divider 330 capable of maintaining pressurized gas in one or both of compartments 310 15 and 320. For example, to achieve pressure communication, divider 330 may be fixed to wall 302 and have a valve 332 to allow the flow of pressurized gas (e.g., a propellant) from compartment 320 to compartment 310; alternatively, divider 330 may be moveable relative to wall 302 (e.g., the divider may be a plunger, such as a plunger used in a syringe) such that divider 330 moves relative to wall 302 to maintain a pressure in z0 compartments 310 and 320.
Although first compartment 310 and second compartment 320 are illustrated as being disposed end to end, any suitable arrangement in which compartments 310 and 320 are fluidly connectable to a tissue and a heat dissipating element, are within the scope of this invention. Further exemplary embodiments of containers having a first 25 compartment and second compartment in pressure communication are illustrated below with reference to FIGs 3B and 3C. It is to be appreciated that any of the embodiments illustrated in FIG. 3A-3C may include an indicator as described herein.
FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of a second example of a container 340 that includes a first compartment 342 fluidly connectable to a tissue through a port 341 (e.g., 3o a valve) and having a consumable substance 343, and a second compartment 344 fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element through a port 347 and having a consumable substance 345. First compartment 342 and second compartment 344 are disposed side-by-side, and separated by a wall 349 and a divider 346. Divider 346 is moveable relative to walls 348 and 349 such that first compartment 342 and second compartment 344 are in pressure communication. As an alternative to a moveable divider 346, a valve may be used to provide pressure communication.
While FIG. 3B was discussed with compartment 342 fluidly connectable to a tissue and compartment 344 fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element, respectively, it is to be understood that first compartment 342 may be fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element and/or a tissue, and second compartment 344 may be fluidly connectable to tissue and or heat dissipating element.
FIG. 3C is a cross-sectional view of a third example of a container 350 that includes a first compartment 352 having a consumable substance 353 fluidly connectable to tissue through a port 351; and a second compartment 354 having a consumable substance 355 fluidly connectable to a head of a phototreatment device through a port 357. First compartment 352 and second compartment 354 are separated t5 by a flexible divider 356 such that first compartment 352 and a second compartment 354 are in pressure communication. For example, flexible divider 356 may be a plastic bag.
Divider 356 allows a pressurized gas (e.g., a propellant) to be maintained in a first of compartments 352 and 354, and maintains a pressure in the other of compartments 352 and 354. Divider 356 is compressed or expanded (depending on 2o which of compartments 352 or 354 has greater pressure).
While FIG. 3C was discussed with compartment 352 fluidly connectable to a tissue and compartment 354 fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element, respectively, it is to be understood that compartment 352 may be fluidly connectable to a heat dissipating element and/or tissue, and 354 may be fluidly connectable to tissue 25 and/or a heat dissipating element.
FIG. 4A is a schematic of an exemplary embodiment of an application system 400 for use with a container 405 comprised of a first compartment 410 fluidly connectable to a tissue, and a second compartment 420 fluidly connectable to a head 480 of a phototreatment device.
3o In FIG. 4A, a first fluid connection is made to first compartment 410, and a second fluid connection is made to second compartment 420. First compartment 410 of container 405 may be fluidly connected to tissue 450 in any suitable manner, such as described above with reference to FIG. 2, and a second compartment 420 may have a fluid connection to a heat dissipating element 422 of head 480, such as described above with reference to FIG. 2.
In FIG. 4A, valves 430 and 432 may be used to control the flow of a consumable substance 424. One or more valves 434, 435, 436 may be used to control the flow of consumable substance 414 from first compartment 410. Valve 435 may be a displacement valve, and base unit 425 may have a pin 437 which displaces valve 435, such that upon displacement of the valve 435, consumable substance 414 fills conduit 433. In some embodiments, pin 437 is located on a spring-activated door 428, such that t0 when door 428 is closed, pin 437 activates valve 435. One or more additional valves 434, 436 may be added to control the flow of consumable substance 414, for example, flow may be controlled based on speed of movement across the skin as measured by a motion sensor 440, or a temperature measured at the skin by a temperature sensor 442 or a temperature measured at a heat dissipating element 422 by a temperature sensor 443.
i5 For reasons described above, one or more of valves 432 and 436 may be located proximate a selected target location.
In some embodiments, base unit 425 maintains container 405 in a specific orientation. For example, container 405 may be maintained in an orientation to facilitate flow of fluid 424 through a conduit 470 by pressure generated by a propellant.
20 In some embodiments, a connection 444 by which container 405 connects to base unit 425 is different than a connection 446 by which container 405 connects to base unit 425. Referring to FIGS. 4C and 4D, connections 444 and 446 are illustrated in greater detail. In FIG. 4C, 490 is a top view of container 405 and in FIG. 4D 492 is bottom view of container 405. For example, connections 444 and 446 may have different 25 characteristics, such that each of valves 435 and 430 is activated only if the connections 444, 446 are appropriate. Such connections are commonly referred to as "lock and key"
mechanisms. Accordingly, selective activation of valves 435 and 430 is achieved, such that consumable substance 414 is prevented from reaching heat dissipating element 422 and consumable substance 424 is prevented from reaching tissue 450. For example, this 30 may prevent accidental upside-down or reverse insertion of container 405 in system 400, and thereby improve safety and efficacy (e.g., the device connections 444, 446 reduce the likelihood that inappropriate consumable substances are used).
A lock and key mechanism may achieve selective activation by configuring connections 444 and 446 based on characteristics including, but not limited to shape, size, and threads. For example, only if a connection 444 or 446 is appropriate, is the corresponding valve 435, 430 activated (e.g., pin 437 (shown in FIG. 4A) activates a displacement mechanism of a valve 435). Alternatively the lock and key mechanism may achieve selective activation based on electrical, magnetic, or piezoelectric characteristics. For example, only if a connection 444 or 446 provides an appropriate electric or magnetic signal, is the corresponding valve activated.
t0 FIG. 4B is a schematic view of an exemplary embodiment of an application system 425 for use with a container 405' comprising a first compartment 410' fluidly connectable to the tissue (not shown), and a second compartment 420' fluidly connectable to a head (not shown) of a phototreatment device (e.g., container 300 shown in FIG. 3A above). Application system 425' has a spring-loaded lid 428' with a conduit ~ 5 433' to the tissue and a conduit 470' to a heat dissipating element.
Consumable substances within container 405' may be applied to the target location as described with respect to Fig. 2 above.
FIG. SA is a schematic view of a phototreatment device 500 having an indicia-based, detection and enablement system. Phototreatment device 500 includes a 20 container 510 comprising a consumable substance 512 and an indicator 520.
Container 510 is fluidly coupled to the head 580 and/or the tissue to be treated.
Phototreatment device 500 also comprises an indicia detector system 522 comprising a detector 524.
Indicator 520 may be any indicator of a consumable substance 512. Indicator 520 may be an optical indicia, a magnetic indicia, an electronic indicia, a piezoelectronic 25 indicia or any known or yet to be developed indicia. Indicator 520 may be attached to the outside of the container 510, may be integrated into the material comprising container 510, or may be within container 510 and detectable through the material comprising container 510. Indicator 520 may contain information identifying any aspect of the consumable substance. For example, the indicator 520 may indicate a 3o manufacturer of the consumable substance or container 510, a manufacturing lot number of the consumable substance or the container, a date on which the container or contents of the container were made, the location where the container or contents of the container were made and/or an expiration date of the contents. Indicator 520 can also indicate the amount of consumable substance within container 510 both when it is connected to the phototreatment device and as the consumable substance is used.
In some embodiments of phototreatment device 500, indicator detector system 522 simply detects the presence of a container. For example, source 523 may project light onto container 510, such that detector 524 detects light reflected from container 510; alternatively, light projector 523 may project light to a detector 525, such that in absence of container 510 light is detected by detector 525, and in the presence of container 510, light is prevented from reaching detector 525. Alternatively, a to mechanical detector 528 may be displaced by container 510 to detect the presence of container 510.
In some embodiments, indicator detector system 522 obtains information from the indicator 520 using a suitable method of reading indicia. For example, detector system 524 may comprise an optical detector, magnetic detector, an electronic detector, t5 a piezoelectronic detector, or any other suitable indicia detector to detect and/or read any known or yet to be developed indicia. In some embodiments, indicator detector system 522 may include a source 523 (for example, optical detectors systems such as bar code systems may require an optical source).
Detector system 522 may also include electronic components that can enable or 2o disable the phototreatment device 500. For example, after reading indicator 520, electronic components within detector system 522 may determine if the indicia is one of an acceptable set of indicia. If the indicia is acceptable, then detector system 522 may enable phototreatment device 500, or any component of phototreatment device 500. If the indicia is not acceptable, then detector system 522 may disable or not enable 25 phototreatment device 500. For example, phototreatment device 500 may be enabled through an electronic switch within or coupled to detector system 522, or through additional electronics within or coupled to detector system 522 through an enabling signal. Detector system 522, therefore, can prevent an inappropriate container 510 from being used with phototreatment device 500, thereby protecting the system and the person 3o being treated. Detector system 500 may be one of several safety systems within phototreatment device 500 and the several safety systems may provide a safety loop whereby if any one safety system detects a problem, device 500 is disabled or is not enabled.
Optionally, indicator detector system 522 may be coupled to a processor 550, and processor SSO may enable or disable phototreatment device 500. In addition, processor SSO may be coupled to a memory 560. Indicator detector system 522 may detect indicator 520, and the processor may record the detected indicia in memory 560 and/or the processor may display data included in the indicia. Data detected by detector 524 may be processed by phototreatment device 500 or any other device (such as a diagnostic device). The processing of the data by processor 550 may occur before, after, simultaneously, or instead of storage in memory 560. The data processed by processor t0 SSO may be used to configure or adjust parameters of phototreatment device 500. For example, the fluence, pulse width, wavelength or any other parameter of phototreatment device 500 may be changed depending upon the type of container detected through the indicator as being connected to the phototreatment device. As a result, multiple acceptable indicia may correspond to different containers containing different consumable substances and the processor may change the parameters of the phototreatment device to optimize the treatment for each particular consumable substance. In addition, each container and/or consumable substance may correspond to a different type of treatment and the processor detection of a particular container would correspond to a particular treatment for which the processor would adjust the parameters accordingly.
In addition to or instead of the indicator detector system 522, one or more detectors 528, 530, 532 may be arranged to identify the consumable substance 512.
Detectors 528, 530, 532 may be any suitable detector, such as those described above, for identifying consumable substance 512. Detectors 528, 530, S32 may use any physical, 2s optical, electrical, mechanical, chemical, or other mechanism for identifying a characteristic of consumable substance 512, to thereby identify consumable substance S 12. For example, a detector may determine the chemical composition, the color, or the viscosity of a consumable substance.
Alternatively, a marker may be added to consumable substance S 12 to identify 3o the consumable substance, such that the marker is detected by detectors 528, 530, 532.
The marker may be any suitable additive, such as those described above, capable of detection by any of the above described methods and mechanisms. For example, the marker may be a dye capable of optical detection, or the marker may have a detectable chemical composition, or may have detectable magnetic properties, or it can be a fluorescent material such that the additive is detected by projecting light onto the additive.
Detectors 528, 530, 532 may be located at any appropriate location. For example, a detector (e.g., detector 530) may be located inside container 510 or integrated with container 510 and coupled with detector system 522 or processor 550 in phototreatment device 500. The detector may be coupled to detector system 522 by an electrical connection (e.g., metal contacts with or without a wire to detector system 522) l0 or by wireless communication (e.g., electromagnetic pulse(s)).
Alternatively, or in addition to detector 530, a detector 528, 532 may be located within phototreatment device 500 and in the path of the consumable substance 512 such that they can identify the consumable substance or marker as it enters phototreatment device 500 from container 510 (e.g., detector 528) or as it enters handpiece 580 (e.g., detector 532). It is 15 to be appreciated that any of detectors 528, 530, 532 can be electrically coupled to any one or more of detector system 522, processor 550, and a memory 560, for example, a bus line or other electrical connection may be implemented.
After identifying the consumable substance or marker, detector system 522 or processor 550 may determine if the consumable substance or marker is one of an 2o acceptable set of consumable substances or markers. If acceptable, then detector system 522 or processor 550 may enable phototreatment device 500, or any component of phototreatment device 500. If the consumable substance or marker is not acceptable, then detector system 528 or processor may disable or not enable phototreatment device 500 or a selected one or more components of phototreatment device 500.
Identifying the 25 consumable substance or marker, ensures that the phototreatment device will only function with a container filled with appropriate consumable substances or markers, thereby further protecting the phototreatment device from damage and the person being treated.
In some embodiments of phototreatment device 500, a communications port 570 30 is included to enable data to be transmitted from phototreatment device 500 to external computer systems. For example, the data may be transmitted for diagnostic purposes, or for assisting a user in operating the device. Communications port 570 may be wired or wireless.
FIG. SB is an enlarged view of a container 510 for use with an indicator-based detection and enablement system. Container 510 comprises a compartment 502 to contain a consumable substance (not shown) therein. Compartment 502 is fluidly connectable to a head or base unit of a phototreatment device or tissue (not shown).
Container 510 further comprises an indicator 520.
Container 510 may be any container capable of containing a consumable substance. For example, container 510 may be a two-compartment container (shown in FIGs. 3A-3C) and/or a container having a thermally conductive region (shown in FIG.
to 6); however, container 510 is not limited to such containers. The consumable substance may be any consumable substance suitable for use with a phototreatment device.
For example, consumable substance may be a topical substance and/or coolant as described herein above.
~ 5 III. Photocosmetic Device Cooling Systems FIG. 6 is a schematic view of a container 600 having a region 610 configured and arranged to cool a heat dissipating element 620 in a phototreatment device.
Container 600 is arranged to be in thermal contact with heat dissipating element 620.
Container 600 may be constructed of any thermally conductive material (e.g., a metal), 2o comprising a compartment 640 and configured to contain a substance capable of cooling heat dissipating element. The substance can be any suitable substance, for example, ice, frozen gel, frozen lotion or other coolant.
In some embodiments, the substance is not a consumable substance (i.e., the substance is not a topical substance and it remains in the container). In such 2s embodiments, the container may be re-used (i.e., after the container has reached a temperature where it can no longer adequately cool, it may be re-cooled or re-frozen).
In some embodiments, container 600 is configured to contain a liquified gas that is maintained in a liquid state by pressure. Container 600 is fluidly connectable to a head of a phototreatment device and/or tissue (not shown) via any suitable connector 30 602. According to well known laws of thermodynamics, as liquified gas 650 is released from container 600, some of the liquified gas within compartment 640 will experience a phase change from liquid to gas, and thereby reducing the temperature of liquified gas 650 and that of at least region 610 of container 600. Accordingly, region 610 may be thermally coupled to a heat dissipating element 620 to remove heat from the heat dissipating element. Liquified gas 650 may be a coolant and/or a topical substance as described herein, which is capable of being pressurized to form a liquified gas.
In some embodiments of container 600, only region 610 is constructed of a thermally conductive region, so that heat is selectively dissipated at region 610, and the remainder of container 600 is thermally insulated such that heat selectively flows through region 610. In some embodiments, region 610 has a thickness T that is larger than the thickness t of other regions of container 600 and, optionally, region to comprises a textured surface 612 for improving heat transfer.
With reference to FIG. 7, in some embodiments of the invention, a phase change material 710, such as ice, is in thermal contact with a heat transfer element incorporated in a photocosmetic device, for example, in a handpiece of such a photocosmetic device, that transfers heat from a heat generator, e.g., light source 714, ~5 electronics and contact tip 714a to the phase change material during the operation of the light source and/or between operation. The transferred heat can cause a phase transition in the phase change material, for example, a transition from a solid phase to a liquid phase, thereby providing a mechanism for removing heat from the light source.
In other words, the heat extracted from the light source by the heat transfer element 712 which 2o thermally contacting to tip 714a and electronics provides the heat required for causing the phase transition of the phase change material. In this exemplary embodiment, the phase change material is contained within an enclosure 716 having an opening 716a that allows direct contact between the phase change material and the heat exchanger. The surfaces of the phase change medium and the heat transfer element that are in contact 25 with one another are preferably shaped to optimize heat transfer from the heat transfer element to the phase change medium. In general, the enclosure 716 is preferably formed of a thermally low conductive material. In some embodiments, the phase change material 710 can be in thermal contact with the heat transfer element 712 via a portion of the enclosure 716. In other embodiments, the phase change material can be in direct 3o contact with the light source without the intervention of the heat transfer element 712.
An optical element 714a, which directs radiation from the light source 714 to a portion of a patient's skin, can also be in thermal contact with the heat transfer element to ensure that its temperature remain in a range that is not damaging to the patient's skin.
With reference to FIG. 8A, in another exemplary embodiment of the invention, a circulating cooling fluid, such as water, is utilized to remove heat from the heat transfer element 812, which in turn extracts heat from the light source 814 (or other heated element). A pump 818 circulates the cooling fluid from the heat transfer element 812 to another heat exchanger 820 that transfers heat from the cooling fluid to the phase change material 810, such as ice, that is in thermal contact with the heat exchanger 820. The transferred heat is dissipated by causing a phase transition of the phase change material, for example, from a solid state to a liquid state. In this exemplary embodiment, the t0 second heat exchanger 820 can be incorporated in the photocosmetic device, for example, in a base unit thereof. The phase change material can be prepared for use in the device externally, and then be placed in thermal contact with the heat exchanger 820 to extract heat therefrom via a phase transition to a different state.
Subsequent to the phase transition, the material can be removed from the photocosmetic device, and the cycle can be iterated. For example, when the phase change material is ice, a selected quantity of water can be frozen in an external freezer to form ice, and the ice can then be placed in thermal contact with the heat exchanger 820. Upon melting of the ice, the generated water can be removed. Alternatively, a cooling device, such as a thermo-electric (TE) cooler can be provided in the photocosmetic device for re-generating the 2o phase transition material in a state suitable for extracting heat from the heat exchanger, without removing the material from the photocosmetic device, after a phase transition caused by the heat transferred from the heat exchanger to the phase change material.
That is, in this example, the TE cooler can freeze the water back into ice.
With reference to FIG. 8B, in another embodiment, a circulating fluid transfers heat from the heat transfer element 812, which is thermally coupled to the light source 814 (or other heated element), to another heat exchanger 822, which is in thermal contact with a phase change material, such as ice. The heat exchanger 822, together with the phase change material 810, can be coupled to the photocosmetic device in a removable and replaceable fashion. For example, upon a phase transition of the phase 3o change material as a result of heat extracted from the circulating fluid, the heat exchanger and the phase change material can be removed from the photocosmetic device to be prepared for re-use in the device. For example, the heat exchanger together with the phase change material can be placed in an external freezer to cause a phase transition of the phase change material into a state suitable for extracting heat from the heat exchanger. A unitary structure can be utilized for housing the heat exchanger and the phase change material in thermal contact with one another. Alternatively, the heat exchanger 822 and the phase change material can be housed in separate enclosures that can be coupled together so as to provide good thermal contact between the heat exchanger and the phase change material.
. Various exemplary implementations of the above embodiments are described below. It should be understood that the following embodiments are presented for t o providing further elucidation of salient features of the invention, and are not intended to be limiting of the types of implementations that can be employed to practice the invention.
By way of example, with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG.10, an exemplary handpiece 924 of a photocosmetic device according to one embodiment of the invention t 5 includes a light source 1026, e.g., a diode laser or LED or lamp, that is positioned between positive and negative electrodes 1028 and 1030 and is in electrical contact with these electrodes. The diode laser can be clamped between the two electrodes, or can be secured to the electrodes by any other suitable method that ensures good thermal and electrical contact between the diode laser and the electrodes, or only the positive 2o electrode. The electrodes 1028 and 1030 supply electrical power to the diode laser, and are preferably formed of a material, e.g., copper, that has good thermal conductivity.
The diode laser 1026 and/or the electrodes are in thermal contact with a heat transfer element 1032 (herein also referred to as a heat sink) that transfers waste heat generated by the laser to a phase change material, such as ice, as described in more detail below.
25 The heat sink 1032 can be formed of any suitable material having good thermal conductivity. For example, the heat sink 1032 can be formed of copper, aluminum, diamond or any other suitable material.
The exemplary handpiece 924 further includes an optics assembly 1034 having an optical transmissive element 1036, for example, a sapphire window, that receives 30 radiation emitted by the laser through an input surface, and delivers the radiation through an output surface to a portion of a patient, for example, a patient's skin. The input surface of the transmissive element is typically located at close proximity of the laser without having direct contact therewith (in some embodiments, the input surface can have direct contact with the light source). Further, the transmissive element is preferably in thermal contact with the heat sink 1032, and is formed of a thermally conductive material that allows removing heat from a portion of a patient's skin that is treated with radiation provided by the light source 1026.
The exemplary heat sink 1032 can couple to the diode laser 1026 and/or the electrodes 1028/1030. A tubular housing 1033, which extends from the heat sink block, can couple to a cartridge 938 in which a quantity of a phase change material, such as ice, is stored for cooling the heat sink 1032, as described in more detail below.
The handpiece 924 is typically connected via an umblicial cord (not shown) to a base unit (not shown) that can include, e.g., a power supply and associated electronics for powering the light source and providing selected control functions.
Alternatively, the handpiece 924 may be the entire photocosmetic device including battery power.
The exemplary cartridge 1038, in which a phase change material is disposed, can t 5 be removably and replaceably coupled to the heat sink 1032 via the tubular housing 1033. The cartridge 1038 can hold a selected quantity of a phase change material, which in preferred embodiments of the invention is selected to be ice. As discussed above, ice is a particularly good choice for the phase change material because it exhibits a high latent heat of melting and is biologically and environmentally safe. It should, however, 2o be appreciated that any other suitable phase change material can also be utilized in the practice of the invention. Further, skin beneficial ingredients can be added to the phase change material to be released onto a portion of the patient's skin during treatment of the skin by the photocosmetic device. Such ingredients can provide beneficial and/or therapeutic effects independent of the therapeutic effects provided by the exposure of the 25 skin to light, heating or cooling provided by the photocosmetic device.
Alternatively, the skin beneficial ingredients can be photo or thermally activated by the device to provide their intended beneficial effects. As discussed in more detail below, the cartridge 1038 can be a disposable element, or alternatively, can be a mufti-use element.
With reference to FIG. 11, the exemplary cartridge 1138 has a generally 30 cylindrical shape (circular, elliptical, rectangular) and includes a hollow tubular housing 1140 in which a quantity of ice, or other suitable phase change material, can be stored.
A membrane seal 1142, which is disposed at a proximal end of the cartridge 1138, and another seal 1144, herein referred to as a piston seal, which is disposed at a distal end of the cartridge, cooperatively ensure that the ice remains confined within the cartridge before its engagement with the heat sink 1132. A volume 1146 disposed behind the seal 1144 provides a space for collecting water, via a liquid return port 1148, that is generated as a result of melting of the ice, as described in more detail below.
The membrane seal 1142 is attached to an annular sealing ring 1150 that can provide a seal between the cartridge 1138 and the heat sink 1132 upon coupling of the cartridge with the heat sink. The annular sealing ring 1150 and the membrane seal 1142 can be formed as two separate components and joined together, or alternatively, they can to be formed as a unitary structure.
Referring to FIG. 12 and FIG. 13, the cartridge 1238 can be inserted into the hollow tubular housing 1233 and pushed forward to fully engage with the heat sink. As shown in FIG. 12, as the cartridge is pushed forward, an edge 1233a of the tubular housing 1233 pushes back on the annular sealing ring 1250, thereby causing the membrane seal 1242 to tear and to move towards the annular sealing ring 1250.
The tearing of the membrane seal 1242 exposes a surface of the ice, or other phase change material stored in the cartridge, initially covered by the membrane seal. Upon full engagement of the cartridge with the heat sink (FIG. 13), this exposed surface will be in thermal contact with a back surface of the heat sink block 1232 to allow heat generated by the light source to flow from the heat sink to the ice. The transferred heat causes melting of the ice at the ice-heat sink interface, thereby removing heat from the heat sink. In other words, melting of the ice provides the mechanism for dissipating the heat generated by the light source.
The surface of the heat sink that is in contact with the ice is preferably shaped so as to ensure a substantially uniform contact area between the ice and the heat sink at the ice/heatsink interface during operation of the handpiece. In general, this shape allows the contact surface to be a surface of constant temperature. For example, this heat sink surface may have a generally convex shape that substantially conforms with a generally concave shape of the corresponding ice surface. Those having ordinary skill in the art 3o will appreciate that other shapes can also be utilized to optimize the ice/heat sink contact. In addition, this surface can include one or more ports, e.g., in the form of slits, for removing fluid (liquid or gas), generated as a result of phase transition of the phase change medium, from the interface of the heat sink and the phase change medium, thereby preventing formation of a liquid or a gas layer at this interface.
During operation of the handpiece, as heat from the light source is transferred to the ice via the heat sink 1232, water is generated at the ice/heat sink interface. To ensure that the heat sink is in contact with ice rather than water, in preferred embodiments of the invention, the ice cartridge is continuously or discrete translated towards the heat sink during operation and/or between operations of the handpiece. Further, the generated water is moved from the ice/heat sink interface to the volume 1246 at the to distal end of the cartridge in a manner described in more detail below.
A number of mechanisms can be utilized for translating the ice cylinder towards the heat sink. Without limitation, such mechanisms can include: a) a spring pressing against the back of the ice cylinder at the distal end of the cartridge, e.g., pressing against the piston seal 1144, b) a motorized linear screw, c) a compound that reacts with t 5 the water collected in the volume 1146 to generate a gas, e.g., COz, to drive the ice forward with gas pressure, d) a foam, or other compound, disposed in the space whose volume expands at it absorbs water, e) a separate pressurized cylinder or pump that supplies gas for driving the ice forward by gas pressure, fj a permanent magnet or ~' an electromagnet, g) a piezo motor, h) a motor, which mounted inside handpiece or main 2o units and delivery pressure to melting substance through wire, i) pressure can be applied from the hand/fingers of operator with simultaneously activating of light sources, j) pressure from gas chamber heated by electronics or light sources. For example, for manual application of pressure, a portion of the handpiece 924 can be made of a flexible material or otherwise compressible. Cooling efficiency and temperature of light sources 25 and skin can be regulated be changing of the pressure.
With reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 12, the exemplary handpiece 924 further includes a vacuum/pressure pump 952 for pumping the water generated due to melting of the ice, or other fluid when a phase change material other than ice is employed, from the ice/heat sink interface, via a return manifold 954, to the volume 1246.
More 30 particularly, the pump 952 pumps the water through internal channels 1256 provided in the heat sink and via the return manifold 954 and the piping 958 into the space 1246 at the distal end of the cartridge. This advantageously allows a more efficient thermal contact between the remaining ice, which is translated forward to be in contact with the heat sink, and the heat sink.
With reference to FIG. 14, in some embodiments of the invention, the return manifold 1454 can include a plurality of ports 1460 through which at least a portion of the water generated at the ice/heat sink interface can be diverted onto a portion of a subject's skin, which is under treatment via radiation provided by the handpiece. In addition, selected additives, such as various therapeutic, cosmetic or cleaning agents can be added to the water that is diverted onto the skin surface.
t0 In this exemplary embodiment, the optically transmissive element 1036 of the optics assembly 1034 is in thermal contact with the heat sink 1032. This allows simultaneous cooling of the light source and the optical element 1036. During operation of the handpiece, the optical element 1036 can be in contact with a portion of a patient's skin. Hence, cooling of the optical element 1036 provides a mechanism for removing heat from the patient's skin to ensure that the temperature of the treatment area remains within an acceptable range, for example, below about 30 °C.
In some embodiments of the invention, the laser diode 614, or other light source incorporated in the handpiece 924, may operate at a sufficiently high temperature such that heat transferred via the heat sink to the ice will not only cause melting of the ice into 2o water but it may also cause evaporation of at least a portion of the generated water. The evaporation of the water, in other words, the phase transition of the water from a liquid phase to a gas phase, can help in removing heat from the heat sink. In some embodiments, the evaporation temperature of water can be decreased by lowering the ambient pressure in a volume in which water is generated as result of melting of ice, e.g., a volume at the interface of the heat sink and the ice. For example, a pump can provide a partial evacuation of air from this volume to lower the evaporation temperature.
The ice in the cartridge can be generated in a variety of different ways. For example, with reference to FIG. 15A and FIG.15B, the cartridge can be designed to 3o couple to a thermoelectric (TE) cooler 1561 provided in a base unit 1562 of the photocosmetic device. Alternatively, a TE cooler, adapted for coupling to the cartridge, can be provided in an accessory unit. In another approach, the ice can be generated by placing the cartridge in a freezer. Alternatively, a semi-permanent ice cartridge can be incorporated into the handpiece, and the entire handpiece can be placed in a freezer to freeze water disposed in the cartridge into ice.
The cartridge can be designed as a disposable unit that is discarded after one use.
Alternatively, the cartridge can be utilized as a reusable unit.
Although in the above exemplary embodiment, the cartridge containing the phase change material is incorporated in the handpiece, in other embodiments, the heat can be transferred from the heated element in the handpiece to another module in which the transferred heat can be dissipated by causing the phase transition of a selected material, e.g., melting of ice, It should be understood that phase change materials other than ice can be employed in a manner described above to extract heat generated by the light source. For example, in some embodiments, a frozen mixture of water and an additive, such as salt or alcohol, is provided in the cartridge as the phase change material. Other examples of 15 the phase change material include gallium and wax. In general, a suitable phase change material preferably exhibits a relatively high latent heat of melting to allow efficient heat dissipation, and is biologically safe. In addition, the phase change material is preferably safe for release into the surrounding environment.
In some embodiments of the invention, rather than utilizing the phase transition 20 of a phase change material from a solid phase to a liquid phase, the sublimation of a phase change material, such as dry ice stored in the cartridge, from a solid phase to a gas phase is employed for removing heat from the light source.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a heat exchanger that utilizes a phase change material, such as, ice, for efficiently extracting heat from a heated element 25 incorporated in the handpiece of a photocosmetic device. By way of example, FIG. 16 illustrates a heat exchanger 1664 according to one embodiment of the invention that includes a substantially hollow housing 1666, formed, for example, of metal or plastic.
A plurality of structures 1668 having selected geometrical shape are disposed within the housing 1666. Each of the structures 1668 provides an enclosure for storing a selected 3o quantity of a phase change material, such as ice. The structures can have a variety of different geometrical shapes, such as, spherical, cylindrical, or an elongated serpentine shape, or any other suitable shape. Further, the structures 1668 can have different sizes for storing different volumetric quantities of the phase change material. In general, the shapes and the sizes of these internal structures, which function as reservoir for a phase change material, are chosen so as to maximize their surface area to volume ratios, thereby enhancing the efficiency of heat exchange, as discussed in more detail below.
An internal volume of the heat exchanger 1664 surrounding the structures 1668 is filled with a fluid having a freezing temperature that is lower than the phase transition temperature of the phase change material contained within these structures.
For example, when the phase change material is selected to be ice, the filling fluid can be a mixture of water and alcohol, or water in which a selected quantity of salt is dissolved, to having a freezing temperature that is lower than the melting temperature of ice. As described in more detail below, during operation of the photocosmetic device, a cooling fluid that has extracted heat from a heated element of the device can circulate through the heat exchanger 1664, via ports 1670 and 1672 that allow ingress and egress of the cooling fluid into and out of the heat exchanger. The heat carried by the cooling fluid is causes a phase transition of the phase change material contained within the structures 1668, thereby lowering the temperature of the cooling fluid, which can then be employed again to extract heat from the heated element.
More particularly, in this embodiment, the ports 1670 and 1672, which can include, for example, quick connectors, can engage with corresponding connectors 1674 2o and 1676, provided in a base unit I 678 of the photocosmetic device, in order to couple the heat exchanger to the base unit. Further, two lumens 1680 and 1682 extend from the base unit to a handpiece 1684 of the photocosmetic device, through an umbilical cord 1686, to provide passageways for circulating a cooling fluid, such as water, between the base unit and the handpiece. The circulating fluid extracts waste heat generated by a 2s heated element disposed within the handpiece. Upon engagement of the heat exchanger 1664 with the base unit 1678, the cooling fluid flows from the lumen 1680, via the connector 1676 and the port 1670, into the heat exchanger 1664. The cooling fluid at a lower temperature exits the heat exchanger via the port 1672 and flows through the lumen 1682 to return to the handpiece for extract more heat from the light source.
30 Alternatively, the ports 1670 and 1672 may engage connectors in the handpiece of the photocosmetic device.
Although in many embodiments of the invention, ice is employed as the phase change substance contained in the internal structures 1668, other materials can also be employed. Such materials can include, without limitation, various frozen solutions of water and selected additives, such as alcohol or salt, pure alcohol or any other suitable material. In all such cases, the fluid filling the heat exchanger's housing external to the structures 1668 should exhibit a freezing temperature that is lower than the phase transition temperature of the phase change material. In some embodiments, the structures 1668 can be partially filled with a liquid having a vaporization temperature to that is above the room temperature but below the cooling temperature.
Further, in some embodiments, rather than utilizing the latent heat associated with melting of a phase change material for extracting heat from a cooling fluid circulating through the heat exchanger, the heat of sublimation of a material, such as dry ice, contained within the structures 1668 is utilized.
is In other embodiments, the ambient pressure in the structures 1668 is lowered below the atmospheric pressure by partial evacuation of air from the structures so as to raise the phase transition temperature associated with a phase change material confined within the structures.
As discussed above, it is generally preferable to design the internal structures 20 1668 so as to maximize their surface to volume ratios. To this end, in some embodiments of the invention, the external surface of at least some of the structures 1668 exhibit a textured pattern to maximize the surface area that is in thermal contact with a cooling fluid flowing through the heat exchanger. The texturing of the surface can be accomplished, for example, by providing semispheres, cylinders, or pyramids 25 projecting from the surface.
The heat exchanger 1664 can be prepared for use by employing a variety of different approaches. For example, the heat exchanger can be placed in a freezer for a selected duration to cause the phase transition of a phase change material disposed in the structures 1668 from a liquid phase to a solid phase, e.g., ice can be generated by 3o freezing water contained in the structures 1668. Alternatively, the heat exchanger can be coupled to a TE cooler, or any conventional refrigeration mechanism, which can be provided in the base unit 1670 or in a separate stand-alone unit, to cool the heat exchanger.
With reference to FIG. 17, in another embodiment of the invention, a phase change material, such as ice, is provided within a cassette 1788 that can couple to a base unit 1790 of a photocosmetic device so as to bring the phase change material into contact with a heat exchanger within the base. As described in more detail below, the heat exchanger can include passageways for flow of a cooling fluid, e.g., water, that circulates between the base unit and a handpiece of the photocosmetic device in order to cool a heated element incorporated in the handpiece. Alternatively, the cassette 1788 may couple to the handpiece of a photocosmetic device.
1o More particularly, with reference to FIG. 18A and FIG.18B, the cassette can engage with a receiving module 1892, disposed within the base unit, in which a heat exchanger 1894 is incorporated.
FIG. 19 schematically illustrates various components of the exemplary cassette 1988 suitable for use in this embodiment of the invention. The illustrative cassette 1988 t 5 includes a housing 1996 in which a container (pouch) 1998 for storing a selected quantity of a phase change material is disposed. The container 1998 can be formed of a compliant material, such as plastic, having preferably good thermal conductivity. In this exemplary embodiment, the container 1998 includes a lower portion 1998a and an upper portion 1998b~that surround two movable plates 19100 and 19102, which can move in a 2o direction A to exert pressure on either the lower or the upper portions of the container 1998.
As shown in FIG. 18B and FIG. 19, prior to engagement of the cassette with the receiving module 1892, the pouch 1998 contains a selected quantity of ice, or other suitable material, while the upper portion of the pouch is empty. During formation of 25 the ice in the pouch by freezing a selected quantity of water, the movable plate 19100 and a lower surface 1996a of the cassette's housing form a "mold" for generating a "brick" of ice while the movable plate 19102 squeezes the upper portion of the pouch to force any water remaining in the that portion to be transferred into the lower portion.
With reference to FIG. 20, upon engagement of the cassette with the receiving 3o module 2092, the ice block contained within the pouch 2098 will be in thermal contact with the heat exchanger 2094. The heat exchanger includes an ingress port through which a cooling fluid that has extracted heat from the heated element, disposed in the device's handpiece, flows into the heat exchanger. The thermal contact of the lower portion of the pouch 2098 with the heat exchanger causes the heat carried by the cooling fluid to be transferred to the ice contained within the pouch 2098, thereby causing it to melt. In other words, melting of the ice provides the mechanism for removing heat from the cooling fluid, thereby lowering its temperature.
Meanwhile, the movable plates 20100 and 20102 apply pressure to the lower portion of the pouch in order to maintain good thermal contact between the pouch and the heat exchanger, and further to force water generated as a result of melting of the ice into the upper portion of the pouch.
Hence, as the cooling fluid flows through the internal passageways of the heat exchanger, it gives up heat to the ice in the pouch 2098, and it finally exits the heat exchanger at a lower temperature through an egress port 20106. The cooling fluid is then returned to the handpiece in order to extract heat from the heated element.
As shown in FIG. 21, as the ice melts, the volume of the ice within the lower 15 portion 2198a of the pouch 2198 decreases while water continues to accumulate in the upper portion 2198b of the pouch. Finally, as shown in FIG. 22, the ice is used up and the generated water is collected in the upper portion of the pouch. The cassette can then be removed from the base unit. As the cassette is pulled out of the base unit, the plate 22102 applies a pressure to the upper portion of the pouch to cause transfer of the 2o collected water into the pouch's lower portion. Hence, when the cassette is fully disengaged from the base unit, the water is accumulated in the lower portion, as shown previously in FIG. 19.
The formation of ice in the cassette can be accomplished by employing a number of different techniques. For example, a TE cooler can be provided in the base unit to 25 which the cassette can couple in order to freeze water contained in the pouch.
Alternatively, such a TE cooler can be provided in a separate accessory unit.
In another approach, the cassette can be placed in a freezer for a selected time period to freeze water contained in the pouch into ice.
In other aspects, the invention provides a cooling device that can be coupled to 3o an optical transmissive element of the optics assembly of a handpiece of a photocosmetic device to remove heat therefrom. As shown in FIG. 23, in an exemplary embodiment, a cooling device 23108, herein also referred to as a heat exchanger, can surround the transmissive element 2336 to extract heat therefrom. The cooling of the transmissive element 2336 can in turn cause removing heat from (i.e., cooling) a portion of a patient's skin, which is in contact with a surface of the transmissive element during operation of the photocosmetic device, to ensure that the temperature of the treatment area remains within an acceptable range.
In one embodiment, the exemplary heat exchanger 23108 can be configured as a hollow sleeve that wraps around the transmissive element 2336 so as to be in thermal contact therewith. The sleeve, which is preferably formed of a thermally conductive material (e.g., copper), can contain a phase change material, such as ice or a vaporizable l0 liquid, whose phase transition can be utilized in order to remove heat from the optical transmissive element. Preferably, the optical transmissive element is maintained at a temperature less than about 30°C. In addition, the sleeve can also be configured to directly remove heat from treated skin surface during operation of the photocosmetic device. Without any loss of generality, in the following description, the phase change is material is assumed to be ice with the understanding that any other suitable phase change material can also be utilized. For example, in some embodiments, a frozen mixture of water and an additive, such as salt or alcohol, can be stored in the hollow sleeve.
Upon melting of the ice contained within the sleeve 23108, the generated water 2o can be either released from the hollow sleeve onto the treatment area of the patient's skin or can be retained within the hollow sleeve. In some embodiments, the sleeve 23108 includes a plurality of openings, such as openings 23110, that allow introducing the water onto the treatment area. In other embodiments, therapeutic, cosmetic or cleaning agents can be added to the water to be also released onto the treatment area.
25 Non-limiting examples of such additives include lotions, vitamins, aloe vera, petroleum jelly, oils, bee pollen, glycerin, moisturizers, preservatives, plant extracts, and fruit extracts. The openings can also be utilized for replenishing the phase change material in liquid form.
As discussed above, the hollow sleeve is preferably formed from a thermally 30 conductive material, such as thermoconductive plastics or composite materials, ceramics, or metals. In some embodiments, the hollow sleeve can be formed of a semi-permeable or porous material such that, upon melting of the ice, the generated water can be selectively released onto the subject's treatment area. The pores can be configured to be sufficiently small such that the phase change material is dispersed onto the subject area only when in liquid form. Dispersal of the liquid can be controlled through the application of pressure, for example, during the movement of the transmissive element along the treatment area. More particularly, in some embodiments, a mechanism can be coupled to the sleeve to allow exerting pressure thereon as the transmissive element moves over the treatment area to facilitate introduction of the water and/or water mixed with therapeutic agents onto the skin.
It is generally preferable to design the hollow sleeve so that its surface to volume ratio is maximized. For example, the hollow sleeve can be designed to substantially cover a peripheral outer surface area, i.e., the surface area other than the area facing the patient's skin, of the transmissive element. Alternatively, the hollow sleeve can be designed to substantially cover both the outer peripheral surface area of the transmissive element and/or partially cover the top face of the transmissive element (FIG.
24A), while still permitting optical radiation to be transmitted to the subject's treatment area. In another embodiment, the hollow sleeve can be designed to be in thermal contact not only with the transmissive element but also with the heat sink 2432 that is turn in thermal contact with a heated element (e.g., a light source) for removing heat therefrom (See FIG. 24B).
2o The hollow sleeve can be of various shapes. In general, the shape of the sleeve is complementary to that of the transmissive element to ensure good thermal contact therewith. For example, some suitable geometrical shapes for the hollow sleeve include, though are not limited to, a toroid having a circular, a rectangular, an oval or any other cross-sectional shape. The hollow sleeve can be configured to easily attach to and closely contact with the transmissive element. A number of mechanisms can be utilized to secure the hollow sleeve to the transmissive element and/or the heat sink.
Non-limiting examples include: a) the hollow sleeve can be designed from a semi-elastic or elastic material that can slip over the transmissive element, forming a pressure fit with the transmissive element and/or the heat sink, b) the hollow sleeve can be hinged to the 3o device such that the sleeve can clip onto the transmissive element and/or heat sink c) the hollow sleeve can have a cut-away portion that is complementary to a projection on the transmissive element.
In some embodiments, the hollow sleeve is disposable while in other embodiments, it can be recycled. For example, the sleeve filled with water, or other suitable material, can be placed in a freezer to generate ice. Alternatively, a stand-alone unit or a unit coupled to the device can be provided to house the hollow sleeve during regeneration, i.e., a freezing device into which the hollow sleeve selectively fits. In another embodiment, an additional element, e.g., a catalyst, can be added to either the hollow sleeve or the phase change material to initiate the phase change. In yet another example, the hollow sleeve can be designed to contain an inner tube that can be t0 selectively filled with a material capable of initiating the phase change.
The surfaces of the transmissive element that receive light from the light source and/or are illuminated by light reflected from the treatment site are preferably formed of a material having a low coefficient of absorption of light in order to minimize heating of these surfaces.
IV. Safety Features A. Markers Aspects of the present invention are directed to providing safety feature to prevent misuse of the device. In one embodiment, the device is capable of detecting a treatment area. For example, in some applications, phototreatment devices are capable of being used only on the desired target area, i.e., a patient's tissue or skin, and not on other parts of the body (e.g., the eyes) thereby preventing potential injury to the user.
Additionally, preventing use of a phototreatment device on an improper surface such as table, mirror, clothes, etc. may avoid damage to the device and injury to the user.
According to embodiments of this aspect of the invention, a topical substance is deposited on a tissue to be treated and the topical substance or a marker within the topical substance is detected by a sensor in the phototreatment device so that the phototreatment device functions only if the topical substance or marker is detected, and preferably only if the topical substance or marker is determined to be on a tissue (e.g., skin). The topical substance and/or the markers may be detected, for example, using optical, electrical, magnetic, or acoustic detection techniques.
Two exemplary types of optical markers are absorptive and fluorescent markers.
In some embodiments, a mild eye irritant is added to a topical substance or the marker, to deter a user from applying the topical substance on an eye.
In some embodiments of optical systems for detecting an area of treatment, a topical substance is applied to a tissue, a detection source provides light at a wavelength absorbed by the topical substance or an optical marker within the topical substance, and a detector is configured and arranged to detect a reflected portion of said light (i.e., light that is not absorbed). Preferably, the wavelength detected is close to the peak of absorption of the topical substance or optical marker, such that a reduction in the detected signal indicates the presence of the optical marker. In this embodiment, the optical detector is designed as a reflectometer to detect reflected light at a wavelength absorbed by the topical substance or optical marker.
Preferably, the topical substance or marker is characterized by an optical absorption spectrum substantially different from that of skin, to facilitate detection.
Also, preferably, the absorption band of the topical substance or marker is outside the working spectrum of the phototreatment device, such that detection of the marker may be achieved without interference from source. Preferably, the optical density of the topical substance or marker is higher than the.optical density of the skin for the light 2o reflected from the patient's skin in the absorption band to facilitate detection of the topical substance or marker. The term "optical density" (OD) is defined herein to mean OD = -In I' Il ' where I; is the intensity of the incident light and Ir is the intensity of registered light.
FIG. 25A is a graphical representation of absorption spectra for some exemplary dyes suitable for use as markers of areas to be treated. The absorption spectra were taken using a UV spectrophotomer of dye solutions in glycerol with following conentrations: (1) 10 mg/ml Food Blue, (2) 1 mg/ml Toluidine Blue, (3) 1 mg/ml Brilliant Green, (4) I mg/ml Indigo Carmine. FIG. 25B is a graphical representation of absorption spectra for some exemplary, biocompatible dyes (I: Fast Green, 2:
Erioglaucine, 3: Methylene Blue, 4; Indocyanime Green) suitable for use as markers of areas to be treated.
As shown in FIGs. 25A and 25B, Food Blue, Toluidine Blue, Brilliant Green, Indigo Carmine, Fast Green, Erioglaucine, Methylene Blue, and Indocyanine Green can be used as absorptive markers in combination with a suitable source (e.g., a 550-870 nm diode laser or 550-870 nm lamp). In addition to the markers indicated in FIGS.
25A and 25B, another class of absorptive markers is non-organic absorbers (e.g., carbon particles;
china ink; compounds containing ions of Cu, Fe, Au, Ag, and Zn).
l0 In some embodiments of systems for detecting areas of treatment, the reflectance is at two substantially different wavelengths, ~,, and 7~2 , where 7~, lies within the absorption band of the topical substance or marker and 7~z lies outside the absorption band. In such embodiments, a determination that a topical substance is located on a tissue may be determined when two conditions are fulfilled:
Rmin < R2 < Rmax ~
R' < A.,. , Rz where R, and R2 are the reflectance coefficients measured at the wavelengths ~.~ and ~,2, respectively; R",;" and R",~ are the minimal and maximal threshold values of the 2o reflectance coefficients at wavelength ~,2 , respectively; and At is a threshold value of the reflectance ratio. Preferably, R",;" and R",~ are chosen to correspond to the physiological range of skin reflectance for ~,2. The above recognition algorithm is merely exemplary, and any other suitable detection algorithm may be used.
It is to be appreciated that if the peak of absorption shifts when the topical substance and/or marker is applied to or penetrates into the skin, the wavelength to be detected may be adjusted in such a way as to correspond to the shifted absorption peak.
Such shifts may be used to provide additional assurance that the topical substance or marker has indeed been applied to skin.
As mentioned above, optical detection of an area to be treated may include a fluorescent marker. The teen "fluorescence" is defined herein to encompass all types of non-elastic re-emission of electromagnetic energy, including (but not limited to) luminescence and Raman scattering. A "fluorescent marker" is any substance having at least one active ingredient characterized by fluorescence excitation.
Preferably, a fluorescent marker has an emission spectrum substantially different from that of skin. Also, preferably the fluorescent marker has a high quantum yield of fluorescence. Preferably, biocompatible fluorescent color additives are used as fluorescent markers. For example, suitable markers include Eosin Y; D&C Orange Nos.
5, 10, and I 1; D&C Red Nos. 2I, 22, 27, and 28; and Zinc sulfide.
In order to detect a fluorescent marker, a detection source is conf gured and arranged to provide light in the absorption band of the fluorescent marker, and a detector is configured and arranged to detect light emitted by the fluorescent marker.
For example, the device may be a fluorimeter. In some embodiments, the fluorescent marker is illuminated with wavelength of light ~,l which lies within the excitation band of the fluorescent marker, a resulting fluorescent signal is measured at wavelength 7~2 in ~5 the emission band of the fluorescent marker. In such embodiments, positive identifcation occurs when the following condition is fulfilled:
I,z > F"
20 where F, is a threshold value of the fluorescent signal. Other detection algorithms can be devised by those skilled in the art without departure from the scope of the present invention.
If one or both of the excitation band and emission band shifts when the optical marker is applied to or penetrates into the skin, the wavelengths 7~, and 7~z can be 25 adjusted in such a way as to correspond to the shifted bands. A shift of a wavelength may be used to provide information related to the nature of the substrate (e.g., is the substrate skin or non-skin).
As indicated above, the topical substance or a marker within the topical substance may be detected through an electrical detector. For example, the topical 3o substance or marker may have electrical conductivity (preferably, more than two-fold) higher than the maximal electrical conductivity of the skin. Examples of suitable topical substances or markers are conductive lotions and gels, such as: ALOE-STAT~
CONDUCTIVE SKIN LOTION (Walter G Legge Company Inc), LECTRON 2 CONDUCTIVITY GEL and ELECTRO-MIST ELECTROLYTE SPRAY
(Pharmaceutical Innovation), 3M CONDUCTIVE ELECTRODE GEL (3M Surgical Products Division). Some conductive lotions may penetrate into the skin. To detect an electrically conductive topical substance or marker, a phototreatment device may be equipped with a detector capable of detecting an electrical characteristic of the marker.
For example, the detector may be a contact ohmmeter.
Also as indicated above, a topical substance or a marker within the topical substance may be detected through an acoustic detector. For example, a topical to substance and/or marker may be designed to have an acoustical transmission resonance at a selected acoustic frequency, such that application of the topical substance and/or marker to the skin surface can change (e.g., dampen) the resonance of the topical substance and/or marker. In such embodiments, a phototreatment device may be equipped with an acoustic source (e.g., a piezo-electric crystal) and a transducer, such ~ 5 that a region covered with the topical substance and/or marker is identified when the acoustic signal exceeds a preset limit. For example, the detector may indicate that both of the following is true: 1) there is a signal at the resonance frequency (the film is present); and 2) said signal is dampened (i.e., the topical substance and/or marker is on a tissue).
2o As further indicated above, a topical substance or a marker within a topical substance may be detected through a magnetic detector. For example, the topical substance and/or marker may consist of or contain compounds with static or induced magnetic susceptibility. For example, magnetic microparticles, paramagnetic (Fe0) and ferromagnetic (Cr02, magnetite). Such compounds may be coated with a polymer 25 (polystyrene) and, for example, the particles may have sizes of 3 - 10 p.m (e.g., such a magnetic material is available from Spherotech, Inc.) or up to I~m (e.g., such a magnetic material is available from Polysciences, Inc). To minimize light absorption of magnetic particles in the working band of a phototreatment source, they can be coated by a highly reflecting metal such as Au, Ag, Cu, AI or by a multilayer dielectric coating 30 (Colored Magnetic Particles).
According to another aspect of the invention, additives can be advantageously included in a topical substance. The additives may provide a variety of effects. The following is an exemplary list of possible cosmetic additives: mineral oil, petrolatum, capric/caprylic triglyceraldehydes, cholesterol, lanolin, dimethicone/cyclomethicone, almond oil, jojoba oil, avocado oil, sesame oil, sunflower oil, coconut oil, grapeseed oil, glycerin (glycerol), propylene glycol, sorbitol, hyaluronic acid, lecithin, Urea, lactic acid, pyrrolidone carboxylic acid (NA-PCA), phospholipids, collagen, elastin, ceramide, vitamins A,B,C,D,E,K, hyaluronic acid, retinol, potassium hydroxide, or thyioglycolic acid.
Some additives interact synergistically with the phototreatment wavelength or wavelengths of light. Three exemplary mechanisms may be involved in the synergistic to action of the device and the additives. First, the device may create a controlled profile of elevated temperature in skin, such that the transdermal penetration of the additive may be facilitated, and a higher concentration of an active compounds) in the target area may be achieved. Second, a mild hyperthermia at the target site may increase the efficiency of an active ingredients) and, thus, enhance the desired effect.
Third, an t5 additive may be activated photochemically by the light emission of the device.
FIG. 4 illustrates photo-enhancement of transcutaneous penetration of a retinol-containing preparation observed in in vitro conditions. Light with a wavelength of 800-2000 nm and flux 0.5 W/cm2 was used in this experiment. The relative concentration of retinol, the active ingredient in the solution, a$er 30 minutes exposure to light was 2o measured using UV absorbance. As shown in FIG. 26, the concentration of retinol is greatest when exposed to light.
B. Speed of the Device Another aspect of the present invention is a motion sensor for determining the 25 scanning speed of a phototreatment device. For example, an optical, electrical or magnetic marker may be used for detecting motion and/or determining scanning speed.
FIG. 27 is a schematic view of one example of a system 2700 for measuring a speed of motion S of a phototreatment device over a tissue 27150 using a topical substance or a marker 2710 added to a topical substance.
3o System 2700 may be located on a head of a phototreatment device such that as the head is moved across a patient's tissue 27150, the speed of motion S can be monitored. System 2700 comprises an applicator 2720 for applying a layer 2725 comprising topical substance and/or marker, and a detector system 2750 to detect a signal generated by layer 2725. As described below, the signal may be optical, electronic, or magnetic.
A detector system 2750 comprises a detector 2750 and suitable electronics to detect the signal generated by or in response to the layer 2725 and determine the speed of motion S at which the head is moving across tissue 27150. For example, the calculated speed may be used to control the fluence, wavelengths) or pulse width of the light source, to control the application of a consumable substance, for display of speed S, or any other any other purposes. Further discussion of uses for a measured speed of to motion S are given in U.S. Application 10/154,756, incorporated by reference herein above.
Applicator 2720 is located to deposit layer 2725 onto tissue 27150. Applicator 2720 may be any known applicator capable of depositing a layer of material on a tissue.
In some embodiments, applicator 2720 deposits a layer of uniform thickness.
t 5 The topical substance and marker may be any suitable materials capable of generating or responding to a suitable signal (e.g., optical, electrical or magnetic signal).
In some embodiments, the material has a low enough viscosity to allow the material to be deposited by applicator 2720, and high enough viscosity, such that it remains on the tissue after deposit. Preferably, the material is easily removed by water and/or soap and 2o water. Preferably, the topical substance and/or marker is index-matched to tissue 27150 to improve optical coupling of light from a source to the tissue (i.e., light from source 125 in FIG. lA above) into tissue 27150.
In some embodiments, the topical substance and/or marker is a fluorescent material. Examples of appropriate fluorescent materials include those described above 25 for use with consumable substances. Preferably the absorption band of the fluorescent material does not overlap with the wavelengths over which source 125 emits, to prevent interference.
Layer 2725 may be deposited using applicator 2720; however, in some embodiments of the invention, fluorescent topical substance and/or marker is applied by 30 hand to form layer 2725; in such embodiments applicator 2720 may be omitted. In some embodiments, a fluorescent topical substance and/or marker is selected such that after applying the fluorescent topical substance and/or marker (e.g., by hand or any other suitable mechanism) and allowing it to remain for a predetermined time (e.g., I-S
minutes), the fluorescent topical substance and/or marker may be removed as some of the fluorescent topical substance and/or marker will have penetrated the skin and still be detectable.
1n some embodiments, a light projector 2730 projects a plurality of pulses of light onto layer 2725 having a wavelength in the absorption band of the fluorescent material to cause the fluorescent material to generate fluorescent light (i.e., to fluoresce).
Light projector 2730 may be any LED, laser, lamp or any other known source of light capable of causing layer 2725 to generate fluorescent light. In some embodiments, the t0 light pulses are uniform in intensity to generate uniform amounts of fluorescent light, and/or the pulses are generated at uniform intervals of time. Alternatively, the light may have any selected signal such that the signal has a known intensity (e.g., the signal may be a harmonic signal of known amplitude). Light projector 2730 may consist of a light source or may comprise a light source and focusing optics, beam steering optics, or any t 5 other suitable optical components.
In embodiments where the topical substance and/or marker is a fluorescent marker, detector 2740 is located to receive fluorescent light. Detector 2740 may be any detector sensitive to the fluorescent light emitted by fluorescent layer 2725 after light is projected onto it by the light projector 2730. Preferably, detector 2740 is a low electrical 2o noise detector.
In some embodiments, detector 2740 is a known distance L from light projector 2730. Detector 2740 may measure an intensity using a single photosensitive element to determine the location of a peak intensity of the fluorescent light, or may have an array of photosensitive elements to determine the location of the peak intensity of the 25 fluorescent light. In some embodiments, a band pass filter 2742 may be placed in front of detector 2740 to filter any extraneous light (i.e., any light other than fluorescent light emitted by fluorescent layer 2725).
Detector system 2750 is coupled to detector 2740 to calculate the speed of motion S. Speed of motion S may be calculated using any known method. In some 30 embodiments, light projector 2730 projects pulses onto layer 2725, which are uniformly spaced in time, and detector system 2750 determines a time interval between peaks in the fluorescent light intensity as detected by detector 2740. By calculating a ratio of the distance L and the time interval between the peaks, speed of motion S may be determined. Alternatively, light projector 2730 may project pulses of light of known intensity, and the detector system 2750 measures the intensity of the peak detected by the detector 2740. If light projector 2730 generates a pulse of light having a known intensity and if fluorescent layer 2725 emits fluorescent light having a known intensity and a known decay rate, a time interval between the pulse of light produced by projector 2730 and time at which detector 2740 detects the light can be calculated.
Because there is a known distance L between light projector 2730 and detector 2740, by calculating a ratio between distance L and time interval, a speed can be calculated.
to In other embodiments, the detector 2740 need not be a known distance L from light projector 2730. Instead, the applicator deposits bands of fluorescent marker in a known pattern, having a known spacing. Accordingly, light projected onto the pattern by projector 2730 is modulated by the known pattern, so the speed can be calculated.
For example, the known pattern may be formed by fluorescing molecules or particles at t5 periodical parallel lines (bars) with period D. When the handpiece is moved across the skin, the reflection signal is modulated with a period P=0/S, so the speed can calculated as S=NP.
In other embodiments of system 2700, layer 2725 is a topical substance and/or marker that is absorptive of light from projector 2730. In such embodiments, projector 20 2730 provides light having a wavelength in the band of absorption of the absorptive layer 2725. Similar to the fluorescent layer system described above, projector 2730 may be a projector that provides periodic pulses or harmonics; however, in the present embodiment, detector 2750 may measure a reflected portion of light, or may measure heat generated by the absorption of light by the layer (e.g., the detector may be an 25 infrared detector, a thermocouple, or a thermistor). Similar to the fluorescent topical system and/or marker system described above, the speed can be determined by measuring the time between pulses or using a known marker pattern.
In addition to optical topical substance and/or markers, electrical topical substance and/or markers may be used to measure speed of a phototreatment device. For 3o example, a Hall sensor can be used as a motion sensor to detect magnetic field from the current flowing through the topical substance and/or marker. Current and voltage in the Hall sensor will be proportional to the current through the topical substance and to speed of motion S. Alternatively, a conductive pattern can be formed on the film as periodical conductive lines (bars). Using an electrical sensor (e.g., an ohmmeter), speed S can be determined as a ratio of the spatial period of the conductive pattern to the period of modulation of the signal from the ohmmeter.
Alternatively, a magnetic topical substance and/or marker may be used for measuring speed of a phototreatment device. Movement of the topical substance in the magnetic field can be detected as electromotive force in simple voltage sensor. A
magnetic pattern can be formed on the film, for example, a pattern comprised of periodic magnetic lines (bars). In such embodiments, the electromotive force in the voltage to sensor will be modulated with a period inversely proportional to speed S.
C. Visualizing the Treated Area FIG. 28 is a schematic illustration of another aspect of the present invention directed to visibly indicating an area that has been treated. Because treatment with a ~5 phototreatment device 2800 usually does not cause any visible change to the skin, a topical substance and/or marker 2810 may be deposited to provide a visual indication of areas that have been treated.
In some embodiments, a topical substance 2810 and/or marker having optical characteristics that are visible to an operator of the phototreatment device are deposited 2o by an applicator coupled to the phototreatment device 2804. The applicator deposits the substance 2810 onto the tissue 2805 as the device is moved over a tissue region 2805, but prior to irradiation of the tissue region 2805 by the radiation source 2830 of the phototreatment device 2804. For example, the topical substance and/or marker 2810 can be comprised of a layer of lotion, gel, an adhesive wax, or a dye 25 described above with reference to FIG. 25A and FIG. 25B may be used.
Alternatively, the topical substance and/or marker may be deposited by hand or any suitable device, and the topical substance and/or marker may be removed by the phototreatment device such that after the phototreatment device has passed over the tissue, the operator can visually discern the treated area. In some embodiments, the 3o topical substance and/or marker has one or more optical characteristic that change after treatment (i.e., aHer exposure to phototreatment light). For example, the topical substances and/or marker may be invisible prior to exposure to the treatment light and become visible after treatment, or the topical substances and/or marker may be visible before treatment and become invisible after treatment (e.g., the topical substances and/or marker may be photo or thermally bleached). For example, suitable dyes can be selected from the polymethine, coumarine, or xanthene groups.
It is to be appreciated that although the aspects of the invention described in this application were described for use with a phototreatment device, aspects of the invention may have application in other types of devices that use consumable substances.
Additionally, it is to be appreciated that, although consumable substances have been described as having been delivered through a replaceable container integrated with or t o attached to a phototreatment device, the consumable substances may be held within containers that are not non-integrated with and non-attached to a phototreatment device;
in such embodiments consumable contents from a container may be directly applied to a tissue without passing through a phototreatment device.
15 D. Shut-Off Mechanism 40. In yet another aspect, the invention provides a system, having a radiation source, detector, and processor, for measuring a speed of motion of a phototreatment device over a tissue region, where the phototreatment device has an electromagnetic source to effect a phototreatment and the tissue region has a substance applied thereto.
An zo applicator coupled to the phototreatment device can be used for depositing the substance onto the tissue prior to irradiation of the tissue region by the radiation source. The substance contains a marker. Non-limiting examples of markers include fluorescent markers, absorptive markers, electrical markers, optical markers, and magnetic markers.
The radiation source is positioned on the phototreatment device to irradiate the tissue 25 region and the applied substance. The detector is associated with the phototherapeutic device configured and arranged to monitor the substance. The processor calculates a speed of motion of the phototreatment device based on signals from the detector. The radiation source can be further coupled to the phototreatment device for irradiating a plurality of tissue locations and the substance is applied thereto as the device moves over 3o the tissue region. The detector can be further coupled to the phototreatment device at a selected distance from the radiation source and arranged to monitor a response of the substance at an irradiated location subsequent to said irradiation. The processor can be further coupled to the detector for comparing said monitored response with a pre-selected value to determine a speed of motion of said phototreatment device.
The system can contain a comparator, for comparing the calculated speed of motion with a defined maximum speed value in order to determine when the calculated speed has exceeded a threshold established by the defined maximum speed. A
preferred maximum speed in the 100-500 mm/sec range. A comparator can also be used for comparing the calculated speed of motion with a defined minimum speed value in order to determine when the calculated speed has fallen below a threshold established by the to defined minimum speed. A preferred minimum speed is in the 10-100 mm/sec range.
The system also contains a shut-off switch responsive to a control signal to terminate phototreatment when the speed has fallen below the threshold, thereby preventing injury to the user. For example, the control signal can enable the processor to control the electromagnetic source based on the speed of the phototherapeutic device. The shut-off t5 switch can include a shutter that blocks the radiation and/or an alarm to alert the user.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, further features and advantages of the invention based on the above-described embodiments. Accordingly, the invention is not to be limited by what has been particularly shown and described, except as indicated by the appended claims.
20 All publications and references are herein expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety.
Claims (18)
1. A container configured for replaceable coupling to a phototreatment device having an indicator detector system, comprising:
a container housing defining at least one compartment therein;
a substance contained in the compartment;
a container connector for coupling the container to the phototreatment device;
the housing and the compartment being capable of coupling to a the phototreatment device to permit heat transfer between the substance and the device; and an indicator coupled to the container, wherein the indicator is capable of being detected by the indicator detector system when the container housing is coupled to the phototreatment device.
a container housing defining at least one compartment therein;
a substance contained in the compartment;
a container connector for coupling the container to the phototreatment device;
the housing and the compartment being capable of coupling to a the phototreatment device to permit heat transfer between the substance and the device; and an indicator coupled to the container, wherein the indicator is capable of being detected by the indicator detector system when the container housing is coupled to the phototreatment device.
2. The container of claim 1, wherein the substance is a re-useable substance.
3. The container of claims 1 or 2, wherein the substance is a phase change material.
4. The container of claim 3, wherein the phase change material is selected from the group consisting of liquid carbon tetrafluoride, liquid CO2, ice, frozen lotions, frozen creams and frozen gels.
5. The container of claim 3 or 4, wherein the phase change material exhibits a phase transition from a liquid to a gaseous state.
6. The container of claim 3 or 4, wherein the phase change material exhibits a phase transition from a solid to a liquid state,
7. The container of claim 1, 3, 4, 5, or 6, wherein the substance is a consumable substance.
8. The subassembly of claim 7, wherein the consumable substance is chosen from the group consisting of a topical substance, a coolant, a super-cooled liquid, a pressurized gas, and a phase change material.
9. The container of claims 1 or 3-8 wherein the housing and compartment are capable of being coupled to a phototreatment device to provide a flow path for substance release during phototreatment.
10. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the substance further comprises a marker.
11. The container of claim 10, wherein the marker is selected from the group consisting of absorptive markers, photoactive markers, optical markers, fluorescent markers, electric markers, and magnetic markers.
12. The container of claim 10, wherein the marker indicates an aspect of the substance.
13. The container of claim 10, wherein the marker is selected from the group consisting of dyes, metals, ions, colored particles, photosensitve dyes, photosensitive materials, carbon particles, conductive skin lotions, electrolyte sprays, conductive electrode gels, and oxides.
14. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compartment is capable of being fluidly coupled to at least one of a head of a phototreatment device, a heat dissipating element, target area, or a tissue to be treated
15. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the at least one compartment further comprises a first compartment and a second compartment, the first compartment adapted to couple to a tissue, and the second compartment adapted to couple to a heat dissipating element in the phototreatment device.
16. The container of claim 15, wherein the first compartment contains a topical substance,
17. The container of claim 16, wherein the topical substance comprises at least one of lotions, creams, waxes, films, water, alcohols, oils, gels, powders, aerosols, and granular particles.
18. The container of claim 16 or 17, wherein the topical substance is a substance to achieve at least one of moisturizing skin, UV protection, tanning skin, improving skin texture, improving skin tone, reduction and/or prevention of cellulite, reduction and/or prevention of acne, wrinkle reduction and/or prevention of wrinkles, reduction of scars, reduction and/or prevention of vascular lesions, reduction in pore size, oil reduction in sebum secretion, skin elasticity improvement, reduction in sweat secretion, reduction and/or improvement of odor, body hair reduction or removal, and stimulation of hair growth.
9. The container of claim 15, wherein the second compartment contains a coolant.
20. The container of claim 19, wherein the coolant is one of liquid tetrafluorethane (R-134a), liquid CO2, ice, frozen lotion, frozen gel, cristallohydrates (45%CaCl*6H2O:55%CaBr*6H2O ore KF*4H2O), organic materials as HO(C2H4O) 8C2H4OH (PE Glycol), Caprilic acid, Hexadecane, and Paraffin 5913.
21. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the indicator is selected from the group consisting of mechanical indicia, optical indicia, magnetic indicia, electronic indicia, and piezoelectronic indicia.
22. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the indicator indicates an aspect of the container.
23. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the indicator indicates an aspect of the substance.
24. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the indicator is coupled to a detector that is configured and arranged to monitor a substance parameter.
25. The container of claim 24, wherein the detector is selected from the group consisting of a mechanical detector, an optical detector, a magnetic detector, an electronic detector, and a piezoelectronic detector.
26. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the container is further coupled to a phototreatment device, such that the container is user-replaceable.
27. A method of operating the phototreatment device of claim 26 comprising:
coupling the container of the substance to the phototreatment device, detecting the indicator coupled to the container; and enabling operation of the phototreatment device if the detection is acceptable.
28, A system for measuring a speed of motion of a phototreatment device over a tissue region, the tissue region having a substance applied thereto, comprising:
a radiation source positioned on the phototreatment device to irradiate the tissue region and the applied substance;
a detector associated with the phototherapeutic device configured and arranged to monitor the substance; and a processor for calculating a speed of motion of the phototreatment device based on signals from the detector.
29. A cooling system for extracting heat from a phototreatment device, comprising:
a heat exchanger in thermal contact with a circulating cooling fluid that extracts heat from the phototreatment device, and a phase change medium is thermal contact with said heat exchanger, said phase change medium absorbing heat from the heat exchanger to undergo a phase transition, thereby removing heat from the cooling fluid.
30. A cooling cartridge for coupling to a photocosmetic device, comprising:
a housing for storing a phase change medium, said housing being configured for coupling to a heat sink incorporated in said device so as to provide thermal contact between said phase change medium and said heat sink;
one or more channels formed in said housing for transporting phase changed material away from the thermal contact which is generated upon a phase transition of said phase change medium in response to absorbing heat from said heat sink;
and a mechanism coupled to said phase change medium for exerting pressure thereon so as to force contact between said phase change medium and said thermal contact upon engagement of said cartridge with said heat sink.
31. (Canceled) 32. A phototreatment device for use with a substance including a marker, comprising:
a radiation source to effect a phototreatment on a region of tissue; and a detector assembly to detect the marker and to selectively activate the radiation source based on marker detection.
33. A cooling system for extracting heat from a handpiece of a photocosmetic device, comprising:
a heat sink in thermal contact with a heated element in the handpiece to extract heat therefrom, a cartridge storing a phase change medium, said cartridge being adapted for coupling to the heat sink so as to provide thermal contact between said phase change medium and the heat sink, said phase change medium absorbing heat from the heat sink to undergo a phase transition from a solid state to a liquid state thereby removing heat from the heat sink, wherein said cartridge includes one or more channels for transporting liquid generated upon said phase transition away from the thermal contact.
34, A cooling system for extracting heat from a phototreatment device, comprising:
a circulating cooling fluid in thermal contact with a heated element in said phototreatment device to remove heat therefrom;
a cartridge containing a selected quality of a phase change medium, said cartridge having an ingress port and an egress pant and being adapted for removable and replaceable placement in a flow path of said fluid to allow inflow of said fluid carrying heat from the heated element via said ingress pen so as to provide thermal contact between said fluid and said phase change material, wherein said phase change material absorbs heat from the incoming fluid to undergo a phase transition thereby cooling said fluid, said cooled fluid exiting said cartridge via said egress port to return to said light source.
35. A method of operating a phototreatment device, comprising:
applying a topical substance to a tissue;
detecting a parameter associated with the topical substance; and enabling operation of the phototreatment device based on a detected value of the substance parameter.
36. The cooling system of claim 33, wherein said heated element comprises a heat exchanger.
37. The cooling system of claim 33, wherein said heated element comprises a component of the handpiece in thermal contact with a treatment site of a patient receiving radiation from said photocosmetic device.
38. The cooling system of claim 33, wherein said cartridge comprises a compartment coupled to said channels for collecting said transported liquid.
39. The cooling system of claim 33, further comprising a mechanism coupled to said phase change medium for exerting pressure thereon so as to maximize thermal contact between said phase change medium and said heat sink while said phase transition is in progress.
41. The cooling system of claim 33, further comprising a manifold coupled to said cartridge, said manifold having one or more ports for diverting a portion of said phase change medium in liquid state onto a treatment site of a patient receiving radiation from said photocosmetic device.
42. The cooling system of claim 41, wherein said cartridge further stores any of a therapeutic, a cleaning or a cosmetic agent to be released onto said treatment site via said manifold.
43. A system for phototreatment, including a phototreatment device adapted to deliver radiation to a subject and a container for containing a heat transfer substance and configured for coupling to a phototreatment device, characterized by:
a container housing defining at least one compartment therein;
a substance contained in the compartment, the housing and the compartment being capable of coupling to the phototreatment device to permit heat transfer between the substance and the device;
an indicator coupled to the compartment, and an indicator detector coupled to the phototreatment device, wherein the indicator is capable of being detected by the indicator detector when the container housing is coupled to the phototreatment device such that the detector is capable of controlling operation of the phototreatment device.
9. The container of claim 15, wherein the second compartment contains a coolant.
20. The container of claim 19, wherein the coolant is one of liquid tetrafluorethane (R-134a), liquid CO2, ice, frozen lotion, frozen gel, cristallohydrates (45%CaCl*6H2O:55%CaBr*6H2O ore KF*4H2O), organic materials as HO(C2H4O) 8C2H4OH (PE Glycol), Caprilic acid, Hexadecane, and Paraffin 5913.
21. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the indicator is selected from the group consisting of mechanical indicia, optical indicia, magnetic indicia, electronic indicia, and piezoelectronic indicia.
22. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the indicator indicates an aspect of the container.
23. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the indicator indicates an aspect of the substance.
24. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the indicator is coupled to a detector that is configured and arranged to monitor a substance parameter.
25. The container of claim 24, wherein the detector is selected from the group consisting of a mechanical detector, an optical detector, a magnetic detector, an electronic detector, and a piezoelectronic detector.
26. The container of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the container is further coupled to a phototreatment device, such that the container is user-replaceable.
27. A method of operating the phototreatment device of claim 26 comprising:
coupling the container of the substance to the phototreatment device, detecting the indicator coupled to the container; and enabling operation of the phototreatment device if the detection is acceptable.
28, A system for measuring a speed of motion of a phototreatment device over a tissue region, the tissue region having a substance applied thereto, comprising:
a radiation source positioned on the phototreatment device to irradiate the tissue region and the applied substance;
a detector associated with the phototherapeutic device configured and arranged to monitor the substance; and a processor for calculating a speed of motion of the phototreatment device based on signals from the detector.
29. A cooling system for extracting heat from a phototreatment device, comprising:
a heat exchanger in thermal contact with a circulating cooling fluid that extracts heat from the phototreatment device, and a phase change medium is thermal contact with said heat exchanger, said phase change medium absorbing heat from the heat exchanger to undergo a phase transition, thereby removing heat from the cooling fluid.
30. A cooling cartridge for coupling to a photocosmetic device, comprising:
a housing for storing a phase change medium, said housing being configured for coupling to a heat sink incorporated in said device so as to provide thermal contact between said phase change medium and said heat sink;
one or more channels formed in said housing for transporting phase changed material away from the thermal contact which is generated upon a phase transition of said phase change medium in response to absorbing heat from said heat sink;
and a mechanism coupled to said phase change medium for exerting pressure thereon so as to force contact between said phase change medium and said thermal contact upon engagement of said cartridge with said heat sink.
31. (Canceled) 32. A phototreatment device for use with a substance including a marker, comprising:
a radiation source to effect a phototreatment on a region of tissue; and a detector assembly to detect the marker and to selectively activate the radiation source based on marker detection.
33. A cooling system for extracting heat from a handpiece of a photocosmetic device, comprising:
a heat sink in thermal contact with a heated element in the handpiece to extract heat therefrom, a cartridge storing a phase change medium, said cartridge being adapted for coupling to the heat sink so as to provide thermal contact between said phase change medium and the heat sink, said phase change medium absorbing heat from the heat sink to undergo a phase transition from a solid state to a liquid state thereby removing heat from the heat sink, wherein said cartridge includes one or more channels for transporting liquid generated upon said phase transition away from the thermal contact.
34, A cooling system for extracting heat from a phototreatment device, comprising:
a circulating cooling fluid in thermal contact with a heated element in said phototreatment device to remove heat therefrom;
a cartridge containing a selected quality of a phase change medium, said cartridge having an ingress port and an egress pant and being adapted for removable and replaceable placement in a flow path of said fluid to allow inflow of said fluid carrying heat from the heated element via said ingress pen so as to provide thermal contact between said fluid and said phase change material, wherein said phase change material absorbs heat from the incoming fluid to undergo a phase transition thereby cooling said fluid, said cooled fluid exiting said cartridge via said egress port to return to said light source.
35. A method of operating a phototreatment device, comprising:
applying a topical substance to a tissue;
detecting a parameter associated with the topical substance; and enabling operation of the phototreatment device based on a detected value of the substance parameter.
36. The cooling system of claim 33, wherein said heated element comprises a heat exchanger.
37. The cooling system of claim 33, wherein said heated element comprises a component of the handpiece in thermal contact with a treatment site of a patient receiving radiation from said photocosmetic device.
38. The cooling system of claim 33, wherein said cartridge comprises a compartment coupled to said channels for collecting said transported liquid.
39. The cooling system of claim 33, further comprising a mechanism coupled to said phase change medium for exerting pressure thereon so as to maximize thermal contact between said phase change medium and said heat sink while said phase transition is in progress.
41. The cooling system of claim 33, further comprising a manifold coupled to said cartridge, said manifold having one or more ports for diverting a portion of said phase change medium in liquid state onto a treatment site of a patient receiving radiation from said photocosmetic device.
42. The cooling system of claim 41, wherein said cartridge further stores any of a therapeutic, a cleaning or a cosmetic agent to be released onto said treatment site via said manifold.
43. A system for phototreatment, including a phototreatment device adapted to deliver radiation to a subject and a container for containing a heat transfer substance and configured for coupling to a phototreatment device, characterized by:
a container housing defining at least one compartment therein;
a substance contained in the compartment, the housing and the compartment being capable of coupling to the phototreatment device to permit heat transfer between the substance and the device;
an indicator coupled to the compartment, and an indicator detector coupled to the phototreatment device, wherein the indicator is capable of being detected by the indicator detector when the container housing is coupled to the phototreatment device such that the detector is capable of controlling operation of the phototreatment device.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US42064502P | 2002-10-23 | 2002-10-23 | |
US60/420,645 | 2002-10-23 | ||
PCT/US2003/033993 WO2004037287A2 (en) | 2002-05-23 | 2003-10-23 | Phototreatment device for use with coolants and topical substances |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2501098A1 true CA2501098A1 (en) | 2004-05-06 |
CA2501098C CA2501098C (en) | 2014-04-08 |
Family
ID=32176601
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2501098A Expired - Lifetime CA2501098C (en) | 2002-10-23 | 2003-10-23 | Phototreatment device for use with coolants and topical substances |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US7135033B2 (en) |
EP (3) | EP2522293A2 (en) |
JP (2) | JP4790268B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20050071618A (en) |
CN (2) | CN102698368A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2003284972B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2501098C (en) |
IL (2) | IL167577A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2004037287A2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11954861B2 (en) | 2014-07-24 | 2024-04-09 | University Health Network | Systems, devices, and methods for visualization of tissue and collection and analysis of data regarding same |
Families Citing this family (181)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5897553A (en) | 1995-11-02 | 1999-04-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Ball point fluid-assisted electrocautery device |
US20060142743A1 (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2006-06-29 | Rizoiu Ioana M | Medical laser having controlled-temperature and sterilized fluid output |
US6273884B1 (en) | 1997-05-15 | 2001-08-14 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for dermatology treatment |
US8182473B2 (en) | 1999-01-08 | 2012-05-22 | Palomar Medical Technologies | Cooling system for a photocosmetic device |
US6517532B1 (en) | 1997-05-15 | 2003-02-11 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Light energy delivery head |
US6104959A (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2000-08-15 | Microwave Medical Corp. | Method and apparatus for treating subcutaneous histological features |
AUPP176898A0 (en) * | 1998-02-12 | 1998-03-05 | Moldflow Pty Ltd | Automated machine technology for thermoplastic injection molding |
EP1566149A1 (en) | 1998-03-12 | 2005-08-24 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | System for electromagnetic radiation of the skin |
US7494488B2 (en) * | 1998-05-28 | 2009-02-24 | Pearl Technology Holdings, Llc | Facial tissue strengthening and tightening device and methods |
AU2002359840A1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2003-07-09 | Thermage, Inc. | Liquid cooled RF handpiece |
JP2005502385A (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2005-01-27 | パロマー・メディカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレーテッド | Method and apparatus for performing skin therapy EMR treatment |
US20080183162A1 (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2008-07-31 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Methods And Devices For Fractional Ablation Of Tissue |
US6888319B2 (en) * | 2001-03-01 | 2005-05-03 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Flashlamp drive circuit |
US7135033B2 (en) | 2002-05-23 | 2006-11-14 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Phototreatment device for use with coolants and topical substances |
BR0312430A (en) | 2002-06-19 | 2005-04-26 | Palomar Medical Tech Inc | Method and apparatus for treating skin and subcutaneous conditions |
US7713294B2 (en) | 2002-08-28 | 2010-05-11 | Nomir Medical Technologies, Inc. | Near infrared microbial elimination laser systems (NIMEL) |
DE202004021226U1 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2007-07-26 | The General Hospital Corp., Boston | Device for dermatological treatment and fractional surface renewal of the skin |
US20080172045A1 (en) * | 2003-10-24 | 2008-07-17 | Shanks Steven C | Acne treatment device |
US7184184B2 (en) * | 2003-12-31 | 2007-02-27 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | High speed, high efficiency optical pattern generator using rotating optical elements |
US7282060B2 (en) * | 2003-12-23 | 2007-10-16 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring and controlling laser-induced tissue treatment |
US7372606B2 (en) * | 2003-12-31 | 2008-05-13 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Optical pattern generator using a single rotating component |
US7090670B2 (en) * | 2003-12-31 | 2006-08-15 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Multi-spot laser surgical apparatus and method |
US7220254B2 (en) * | 2003-12-31 | 2007-05-22 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Dermatological treatment with visualization |
JP5065005B2 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2012-10-31 | ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション | Method and apparatus for dermatological treatment and tissue remodeling |
WO2005110266A2 (en) * | 2004-05-13 | 2005-11-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | A device for dermatological treatment using light |
US7413572B2 (en) | 2004-06-14 | 2008-08-19 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Adaptive control of optical pulses for laser medicine |
MXPA06014977A (en) * | 2004-07-02 | 2007-03-27 | Discus Dental Impressions Inc | Dental light device having an improved heat sink. |
US7837675B2 (en) * | 2004-07-22 | 2010-11-23 | Shaser, Inc. | Method and device for skin treatment with replaceable photosensitive window |
ES2432140T3 (en) * | 2004-08-06 | 2013-11-29 | Syneron Beauty Ltd. | Therapy device |
US20060047281A1 (en) | 2004-09-01 | 2006-03-02 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | Method and system for invasive skin treatment |
AU2005314712A1 (en) * | 2004-12-09 | 2006-06-15 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Oral appliance with heat transfer mechanism |
GB0426993D0 (en) * | 2004-12-09 | 2005-01-12 | Council Cent Lab Res Councils | Apparatus for depth-selective raman spectroscopy |
US20110015549A1 (en) * | 2005-01-13 | 2011-01-20 | Shimon Eckhouse | Method and apparatus for treating a diseased nail |
US7828795B2 (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2010-11-09 | Atricure, Inc. | Surgical ablation and pacing device |
US20060161149A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2006-07-20 | Salvatore Privitera | Surgical ablation device |
US20060161147A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2006-07-20 | Salvatore Privitera | Method and apparatus for controlling a surgical ablation device |
DE602005018738D1 (en) * | 2005-03-03 | 2010-02-25 | St Microelectronics Srl | A time shift based reference cell emulation memory device |
EP1858587A4 (en) * | 2005-03-03 | 2009-09-09 | Btl Ind Ltd | Aesthetic treatment device |
US8529560B2 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2013-09-10 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Hair treatment system |
US8157807B2 (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2012-04-17 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Skin treatment including patterned light |
US8679101B2 (en) * | 2005-03-04 | 2014-03-25 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Method and system for temporary hair removal |
US20060200114A1 (en) * | 2005-03-04 | 2006-09-07 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of State Of Delaware | Hair removal system with light source array |
US20060276859A1 (en) * | 2005-06-02 | 2006-12-07 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Photopatterning of skin |
US8540701B2 (en) * | 2005-03-04 | 2013-09-24 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Hair treatment system |
US8388523B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2013-03-05 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Medical diagnostic instrument having portable illuminator |
AU2006232534B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2011-10-06 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Vaginal speculum |
US7856985B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2010-12-28 | Cynosure, Inc. | Method of treatment body tissue using a non-uniform laser beam |
US20070032846A1 (en) * | 2005-08-05 | 2007-02-08 | Bran Ferren | Holographic tattoo |
US20060272418A1 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2006-12-07 | Brown University | Opto-acoustic methods and apparatus for perfoming high resolution acoustic imaging and other sample probing and modification operations |
US9055958B2 (en) | 2005-06-29 | 2015-06-16 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Hair modification using converging light |
US20070038270A1 (en) * | 2005-07-05 | 2007-02-15 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Multi step photopatterning of skin |
US8034051B2 (en) * | 2005-07-15 | 2011-10-11 | Atricure, Inc. | Ablation device with sensor |
AU2006278255A1 (en) * | 2005-08-08 | 2007-02-15 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Eye-safe photocosmetic device |
WO2007027962A2 (en) | 2005-08-29 | 2007-03-08 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring and controlling thermally induced tissue treatment |
US20070049996A1 (en) * | 2005-08-29 | 2007-03-01 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Monitoring Method and Apparatus for Fractional Photo-Therapy Treatment |
US20070048340A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Multi step patterning of a skin surface |
JP2009509140A (en) | 2005-09-15 | 2009-03-05 | パロマー・メデイカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレーテツド | Skin optical determination device |
GB0606891D0 (en) * | 2006-04-05 | 2006-05-17 | Council Cent Lab Res Councils | Raman Analysis Of Pharmaceutical Tablets |
US20070135876A1 (en) * | 2005-12-08 | 2007-06-14 | Weber Paul J | Acne and skin defect treatment via non-radiofrequency electrical current controlled power delivery device and methods |
US8048089B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2011-11-01 | Edge Systems Corporation | Apparatus and methods for treating the skin |
CA2535276A1 (en) * | 2006-02-06 | 2007-08-06 | John Kennedy | Therapy device and system and method for reducing harmful exposure to electromagnetic radiation |
WO2007106856A2 (en) * | 2006-03-14 | 2007-09-20 | Allux Medical, Inc. | Phototherapy device and method of providing phototherapy to a body surface |
WO2014151104A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Edge Systems Llc | Devices, systems and methods for treating the skin |
US20070255355A1 (en) * | 2006-04-06 | 2007-11-01 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for skin treatment with compression and decompression |
US20070260230A1 (en) * | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-08 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Opto-mechanical Apparatus and Method for Dermatological Treatment |
FR2901466B1 (en) * | 2006-05-29 | 2008-08-08 | Alain Cornil | SYSTEM FOR THE TREATMENT OF SKIN WOUNDS, DRESSING AND BIOCHEMICAL ACTIVATION EQUIPMENT FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SUCH A SYSTEM |
US7586957B2 (en) | 2006-08-02 | 2009-09-08 | Cynosure, Inc | Picosecond laser apparatus and methods for its operation and use |
US20080058782A1 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2008-03-06 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring and controlling density of fractional tissue treatments |
EP2061395B1 (en) * | 2006-09-06 | 2010-10-27 | Shaser, Inc. | Scanning laser system for the treatment of tissue |
US20080161745A1 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2008-07-03 | Oliver Stumpp | Bleaching of contrast enhancing agent applied to skin for use with a dermatological treatment system |
US8192474B2 (en) | 2006-09-26 | 2012-06-05 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Tissue treatment methods |
US9132031B2 (en) | 2006-09-26 | 2015-09-15 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Cooling device having a plurality of controllable cooling elements to provide a predetermined cooling profile |
US20080208179A1 (en) * | 2006-10-26 | 2008-08-28 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Methods of increasing skin permeability by treatment with electromagnetic radiation |
DE102006054468A1 (en) | 2006-11-18 | 2008-05-29 | Braun Gmbh | Device for removing body hair |
US20080188914A1 (en) * | 2007-02-01 | 2008-08-07 | Candela Corporation | Detachable handpiece |
EP2121122A2 (en) * | 2007-02-01 | 2009-11-25 | Candela Corporation | Biofeedback |
US8302480B2 (en) * | 2007-02-05 | 2012-11-06 | Brown University | Enhanced ultra-high resolution acoustic microscope |
US8435234B2 (en) * | 2007-02-06 | 2013-05-07 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring and controlling laser-induced tissue treatment |
WO2008106965A1 (en) * | 2007-03-06 | 2008-09-12 | Dia Medico Aps | Method and apparatus for in vivo determination of skin fluorescence |
EP2142129A4 (en) | 2007-04-19 | 2011-04-20 | Miramar Labs Inc | Methods and apparatus for reducing sweat production |
EP2142125B1 (en) | 2007-04-19 | 2014-03-05 | Miramar Labs, Inc. | Devices, and systems for non-invasive delivery of microwave therapy |
RU2523620C2 (en) | 2007-04-19 | 2014-07-20 | Мирамар Лэбс,Инк. | Systems and methods for generating exposure on target tissue with using microwave energy |
WO2008131306A1 (en) | 2007-04-19 | 2008-10-30 | The Foundry, Inc. | Systems and methods for creating an effect using microwave energy to specified tissue |
US9241763B2 (en) | 2007-04-19 | 2016-01-26 | Miramar Labs, Inc. | Systems, apparatus, methods and procedures for the noninvasive treatment of tissue using microwave energy |
US20080262484A1 (en) * | 2007-04-23 | 2008-10-23 | Nlight Photonics Corporation | Motion-controlled laser surface treatment apparatus |
US20080281307A1 (en) * | 2007-05-09 | 2008-11-13 | Nadine Donahue | Therapeutic device incorporating light and cold therapy modalities |
US20080287839A1 (en) | 2007-05-18 | 2008-11-20 | Juniper Medical, Inc. | Method of enhanced removal of heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells and treatment apparatus having an actuator |
US8523927B2 (en) * | 2007-07-13 | 2013-09-03 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | System for treating lipid-rich regions |
ES2693430T3 (en) | 2007-08-21 | 2018-12-11 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Monitoring of cooling of lipid-rich subcutaneous cells, such as cooling of adipose tissue |
ES2471971T3 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2014-06-27 | Miramar Labs, Inc. | System and apparatus for non-invasive treatment of tissue using microwave energy |
AU2008335715B2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2014-01-23 | Miradry, Inc. | Systems, apparatus, methods and procedures for the noninvasive treatment of tissue using microwave energy |
KR101836310B1 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2018-03-08 | 엣지 시스템즈 엘엘씨 | Appratus and method for treating the skin |
GR1006838B (en) * | 2008-01-16 | 2010-07-05 | Παναγιωτης Εμμανουηλ Οικονομιδης | System for skin streching in laser applications. |
US8518093B2 (en) | 2008-01-16 | 2013-08-27 | Morgan Lars Ake Gustavsson | Fluorescent handpiece |
US9155905B2 (en) | 2008-01-16 | 2015-10-13 | Morgan Lars Ake Gustavsson | Fluorescent handpiece |
AU2009205297A1 (en) | 2008-01-17 | 2009-07-23 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | A hair removal apparatus for personal use and the method of using same |
EP2237732A4 (en) | 2008-01-24 | 2011-06-01 | Syneron Medical Ltd | A device, apparatus, and method of adipose tissue treatment |
US8540702B2 (en) * | 2008-03-11 | 2013-09-24 | Shaser, Inc. | Enhancing the brightness of optical radiation used in light-based dermatologic treatment systems |
US8632528B2 (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2014-01-21 | Jorge Fausto Ottini | Methods for nonablative photorejuvenation |
US7671327B2 (en) * | 2008-04-22 | 2010-03-02 | Candela Corporation | Self calibrating irradiation system |
CN104939806B (en) | 2008-05-20 | 2021-12-10 | 大学健康网络 | Apparatus and method for fluorescence-based imaging and monitoring |
FR2931686A1 (en) * | 2008-06-02 | 2009-12-04 | Oreal | METHOD FOR REDUCING TRANSPIRATION |
FR2932676B1 (en) * | 2008-06-20 | 2011-12-30 | Peritesco | DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF A BIOLOGICAL TISSUE AREA |
US8225998B2 (en) * | 2008-07-11 | 2012-07-24 | Es&S Innovations Llc | Secure ballot box |
US9314293B2 (en) | 2008-07-16 | 2016-04-19 | Syneron Medical Ltd | RF electrode for aesthetic and body shaping devices and method of using same |
US20100017750A1 (en) | 2008-07-16 | 2010-01-21 | Avner Rosenberg | User interface |
US8631855B2 (en) | 2008-08-15 | 2014-01-21 | Lighting Science Group Corporation | System for dissipating heat energy |
JP5452601B2 (en) * | 2008-09-11 | 2014-03-26 | シネロン メディカル リミテッド | Safe personal skin treatment equipment |
ES2412783T3 (en) | 2008-09-21 | 2013-07-12 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | A method and apparatus for personal skin treatment |
US20100075532A1 (en) * | 2008-09-25 | 2010-03-25 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Fluorescent Marker for Detecting Gel or Lack of Gel |
GB2465425B (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2013-03-27 | Dezac Group Ltd | Light treatment apparatus |
WO2010068485A1 (en) * | 2008-11-25 | 2010-06-17 | Robertson Transformer Co. | Method and apparatus for using thermionic devices to recover energy from light sources and other energy conversion devices |
US8603073B2 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2013-12-10 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Systems and methods with interrupt/resume capabilities for treating subcutaneous lipid-rich cells |
US8606366B2 (en) | 2009-02-18 | 2013-12-10 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | Skin treatment apparatus for personal use and method for using same |
EP2730313A1 (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2014-05-14 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | Electrical skin rejuvenation |
WO2010127315A2 (en) | 2009-04-30 | 2010-11-04 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Device, system and method of removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells |
FR2946845B1 (en) | 2009-06-18 | 2011-08-19 | Oreal | DEVICE FOR TREATING HUMAN KERATINIC MATERIALS |
US9919168B2 (en) | 2009-07-23 | 2018-03-20 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method for improvement of cellulite appearance |
MX2012006497A (en) | 2009-12-06 | 2012-07-30 | Syneron Medical Ltd | A method and apparatus for personal skin treatment. |
RU2518473C2 (en) * | 2009-12-21 | 2014-06-10 | Колгейт-Палмолив Компани | Kit containing photosensitising dyes |
EP2593185A1 (en) * | 2010-07-17 | 2013-05-22 | Merck Patent GmbH | Enhancement of penetration and action |
US8676338B2 (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2014-03-18 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Combined modality treatment systems, methods and apparatus for body contouring applications |
US20120109266A1 (en) * | 2010-10-27 | 2012-05-03 | Amir Waldman | Device for heating skin |
US10722395B2 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2020-07-28 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Devices, application systems and methods with localized heat flux zones for removing heat from subcutaneous lipid-rich cells |
EP2686067B1 (en) * | 2011-03-17 | 2016-05-18 | Photopill Medical Ltd. | Capsule phototherapy |
US20120277659A1 (en) * | 2011-04-29 | 2012-11-01 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Sensor-lotion system for use with body treatment devices |
US9314301B2 (en) | 2011-08-01 | 2016-04-19 | Miramar Labs, Inc. | Applicator and tissue interface module for dermatological device |
US8723640B2 (en) | 2011-08-16 | 2014-05-13 | Elwha Llc | Distillation of status data relating to regimen compliance responsive to the presence and absence of wireless signals relating to one or more threshold frequencies |
WO2013039906A1 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | Mavrik Dental Systems, Ltd. | Devices, systems and methods for the whitening of teeth |
JP6430255B2 (en) * | 2011-11-16 | 2018-11-28 | ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション | Method and apparatus for cryogenic treatment of skin tissue |
US10401876B1 (en) * | 2011-11-16 | 2019-09-03 | Zane Coleman | Fluid collection component comprising a film with fluid channels |
US9804607B1 (en) | 2011-11-16 | 2017-10-31 | Zane Coleman | Fluid transfer systems, devices, components, and methods of manufacture |
US9241826B1 (en) * | 2012-02-08 | 2016-01-26 | Lih-Bin Shih | Topical wound healing device for dynamic elastic injury site |
ITPD20120074A1 (en) * | 2012-03-09 | 2013-09-10 | Sixtem Life Srl | DISPENSER DEVICE FOR PRESSURIZED CONTAINERS FOR THE APPLICATION OF REFRIGERANT CRIOGENIC FLUID |
US9780518B2 (en) | 2012-04-18 | 2017-10-03 | Cynosure, Inc. | Picosecond laser apparatus and methods for treating target tissues with same |
US9653935B2 (en) * | 2012-04-20 | 2017-05-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Sensing temperature within medical devices |
US9993658B2 (en) * | 2012-08-16 | 2018-06-12 | Yolo Medical Inc. | Light applicators, systems and methods |
US9333371B2 (en) | 2012-11-01 | 2016-05-10 | Seminex Corporation | Variable intensity laser treatments of the skin |
GB2495248A (en) * | 2013-01-10 | 2013-04-03 | Dezac Group Ltd | Light treatment apparatus for hair removal |
US9844460B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-12-19 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Treatment systems with fluid mixing systems and fluid-cooled applicators and methods of using the same |
WO2014141229A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | Skin treatment apparatus |
WO2014145707A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Cynosure, Inc. | Picosecond optical radiation systems and methods of use |
JP2014221117A (en) * | 2013-05-13 | 2014-11-27 | 株式会社アライ・メッドフォトン研究所 | Therapy progress degree monitoring device and method for therapy progress degree monitoring |
US10779885B2 (en) | 2013-07-24 | 2020-09-22 | Miradry. Inc. | Apparatus and methods for the treatment of tissue using microwave energy |
JP5872741B2 (en) * | 2013-11-11 | 2016-03-01 | 株式会社 Artistic&Co. | Beauty machine |
WO2015117032A1 (en) | 2014-01-31 | 2015-08-06 | Zeltiq Aesthestic, Inc. | Treatment systems for treating glands by cooling |
JP6429338B2 (en) | 2014-02-03 | 2018-11-28 | クラリファイ メディカル,インク. | Systems and methods for phototherapy |
US10675176B1 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2020-06-09 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Treatment systems, devices, and methods for cooling targeted tissue |
US10952891B1 (en) | 2014-05-13 | 2021-03-23 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Treatment systems with adjustable gap applicators and methods for cooling tissue |
EP3090679A4 (en) * | 2014-05-21 | 2017-11-08 | Olympus Corporation | Cooling device, and light source device for endoscope |
US9532706B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2017-01-03 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Vaginal speculum with illuminator |
CN104117152B (en) * | 2014-08-15 | 2017-04-05 | 王志勇 | Post-equalization cell physical therapy cabin and the method for manufacture method and post-equalization cell physical therapy |
US10935174B2 (en) | 2014-08-19 | 2021-03-02 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Stress relief couplings for cryotherapy apparatuses |
US10568759B2 (en) | 2014-08-19 | 2020-02-25 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Treatment systems, small volume applicators, and methods for treating submental tissue |
EP3237055B1 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2020-08-12 | Edge Systems LLC | Devices and methods for treating the skin using a rollerball or a wicking member |
EP3280342B1 (en) | 2015-04-10 | 2020-09-02 | Clarify Medical, Inc. | Phototherapy light engine |
WO2016209834A1 (en) | 2015-06-22 | 2016-12-29 | Quantum Dynamics L.L.C. | Device for providing body temperature regulation and/or therapeutic light directed to vasculature |
US11638834B2 (en) | 2015-07-24 | 2023-05-02 | Zerigo Health, Inc. | Systems and methods for phototherapy control |
US10034530B2 (en) | 2015-08-18 | 2018-07-31 | L'oreal | Photo-activatable formulation applicator |
KR102490190B1 (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2023-01-18 | 로레알 | CONNECTED Photo-activatable formulation Applicator |
WO2017070112A1 (en) | 2015-10-19 | 2017-04-27 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Vascular treatment systems, cooling devices, and methods for cooling vascular structures |
CN108472151B (en) | 2016-01-07 | 2020-10-27 | 斯尔替克美学股份有限公司 | Temperature-dependent adhesion between applicator and skin during tissue cooling |
US10765552B2 (en) | 2016-02-18 | 2020-09-08 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Cooling cup applicators with contoured heads and liner assemblies |
EP3708111A1 (en) * | 2016-03-22 | 2020-09-16 | DENTSPLY SIRONA Inc. | Method and arrangement for cleaning of a canal |
US10555831B2 (en) | 2016-05-10 | 2020-02-11 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Hydrogel substances and methods of cryotherapy |
US10682297B2 (en) | 2016-05-10 | 2020-06-16 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Liposomes, emulsions, and methods for cryotherapy |
US11382790B2 (en) | 2016-05-10 | 2022-07-12 | Zeltiq Aesthetics, Inc. | Skin freezing systems for treating acne and skin conditions |
KR20180024571A (en) * | 2016-08-30 | 2018-03-08 | 주식회사 바디프랜드 | Massage Apparatus Having Pulsed Electro Magnetic Field Therapy |
WO2018185773A1 (en) * | 2017-04-07 | 2018-10-11 | Lumenis Ltd | Variable high speed laser tip adapter |
US11819593B2 (en) | 2017-09-07 | 2023-11-21 | University Of North Texas | Remote smell technology |
WO2019165426A1 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2019-08-29 | Cynosure, Inc. | Q-switched cavity dumped sub-nanosecond laser |
CN108836470B (en) * | 2018-04-18 | 2020-06-19 | 西安交通大学 | Liquid CO based nozzle frost prevention2Quick cooling device of flash evaporation spraying |
CN108869233A (en) * | 2018-04-29 | 2018-11-23 | 贝德科技有限公司 | A kind of small-sized pressure stabilizing long axis Fire Fighting Pumps using novel coolant |
WO2020010391A1 (en) * | 2018-07-13 | 2020-01-16 | International Scientific Pty Ltd | A method and apparatus for enhanced transdermal, intradermal or transappendageal delivery of retinoids |
CN109394341B (en) * | 2018-12-05 | 2020-11-17 | 武汉博激世纪科技有限公司 | Laser output device and laser output system |
CN109815586A (en) * | 2019-01-22 | 2019-05-28 | 西安科技大学 | Particle damping structure optimum design method based on particle movement phase |
US10688290B1 (en) * | 2019-05-30 | 2020-06-23 | Dead Sea Premier Cosmetics Laboratories Ltd. | Personal anti-wrinkle device |
US11110294B2 (en) * | 2019-09-13 | 2021-09-07 | Candela Corporation | Cooling system for tissue treatment system with both tissue and light source cooling |
CN113679839B (en) * | 2021-08-26 | 2023-04-25 | 中国医学科学院生物医学工程研究所 | Polypyrrole nano material polymerized by tungsten oxidation and preparation method and application thereof |
EP4331430A1 (en) * | 2021-11-15 | 2024-03-06 | Shenzhen Ulike Smart Electronics Co., Ltd. | Hair removal instrument |
JP7353660B2 (en) | 2021-12-24 | 2023-10-02 | 知子 秋田 | Radiation therapy skin marker |
Family Cites Families (673)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US853033A (en) | 1906-07-11 | 1907-05-07 | Harvey H Roberts | Portable electric-light cabinet. |
US1590283A (en) | 1924-10-20 | 1926-06-29 | De Forest B Catlin | Therapeutic device |
BE346723A (en) | 1926-11-13 | |||
US2472385A (en) | 1946-07-18 | 1949-06-07 | Michael A Rollman | Massage device |
US2669771A (en) | 1949-11-17 | 1954-02-23 | Gen Motors Corp | Armature coil lead staker |
US3327712A (en) | 1961-09-15 | 1967-06-27 | Ira H Kaufman | Photocoagulation type fiber optical surgical device |
US3261978A (en) | 1963-05-27 | 1966-07-19 | Henry S Brenman | Dental cleaning apparatus |
US3538919A (en) | 1967-04-07 | 1970-11-10 | Gregory System Inc | Depilation by means of laser energy |
US3527932A (en) | 1967-11-16 | 1970-09-08 | James J Thomas | Transilluminating flashlight |
US3486070A (en) | 1968-04-29 | 1969-12-23 | Westinghouse Electric Corp | Solid-state constant power ballast for electric discharge device |
US3597652A (en) | 1969-01-14 | 1971-08-03 | Eg & G Inc | Apparatus for maintaining the temperature and operating a calibrated lamp in a constant resistance mode |
US3622743A (en) | 1969-04-28 | 1971-11-23 | Hrand M Muncheryan | Laser eraser and microwelder |
US4456872A (en) | 1969-10-27 | 1984-06-26 | Bose Corporation | Current controlled two-state modulation |
US3653778A (en) * | 1970-04-16 | 1972-04-04 | John Robert Freiling | Applicator device for toothpaste dispensers or the like |
US3667454A (en) | 1970-06-12 | 1972-06-06 | Larry W Prince | Toothbrush with ultraviolet emitter |
US3693623A (en) | 1970-12-25 | 1972-09-26 | Gregory System Inc | Photocoagulation means and method for depilation |
US3846811A (en) | 1972-03-29 | 1974-11-05 | Canon Kk | Flash unit for use with camera |
US3818914A (en) | 1972-04-17 | 1974-06-25 | Spectroderm Inc | Apparatus and method for treatment of skin disorders |
FR2199453B1 (en) | 1972-05-12 | 1974-10-25 | Busser Francis | |
US3857015A (en) | 1972-11-08 | 1974-12-24 | O Richardson | Electrically heated heat sealing implement |
US3834391A (en) | 1973-01-19 | 1974-09-10 | Block Carol Ltd | Method and apparatus for photoepilation |
GB1458356A (en) | 1973-01-31 | 1976-12-15 | Wilkinson Sword Ltd | Shaving equipment |
US3909649A (en) | 1973-04-05 | 1975-09-30 | Gen Electric | Electric lamp with light-diffusing coating |
US3890537A (en) | 1974-01-02 | 1975-06-17 | Gen Electric | Solid state chopper ballast for gaseous discharge lamps |
US3977083A (en) | 1974-02-05 | 1976-08-31 | Norman Leslie | Dental instrument |
US3900034A (en) | 1974-04-10 | 1975-08-19 | Us Energy | Photochemical stimulation of nerves |
GB1485908A (en) | 1974-05-21 | 1977-09-14 | Nath G | Apparatus for applying light radiation |
CA1086172A (en) | 1975-03-14 | 1980-09-23 | Robert F. Shaw | Surgical instrument having self-regulating radiant heating of its cutting edge and method of using the same |
DE2609273A1 (en) | 1976-03-05 | 1977-09-08 | Mutzhas Maximilian F | IRRADIATION DEVICE WITH ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION SOURCE |
US4047106A (en) | 1976-06-01 | 1977-09-06 | Charles Elbert Robinson | Motor speed sensor |
US4273109A (en) | 1976-07-06 | 1981-06-16 | Cavitron Corporation | Fiber optic light delivery apparatus and medical instrument utilizing same |
JPS6043134B2 (en) | 1977-08-25 | 1985-09-26 | 信紘 佐藤 | Device for measuring reflection characteristics of biological organs and tissues |
US4294263A (en) | 1977-12-07 | 1981-10-13 | Air Shields, Inc. | System for detecting probe dislodgement |
DE7906381U1 (en) | 1979-03-08 | 1979-07-12 | Richard Wolf Gmbh, 7134 Knittlingen | LIGHTING FOR OPERATIONAL AND EXAMINATION AREAS |
JPS55129327A (en) | 1979-03-28 | 1980-10-07 | Minolta Camera Co Ltd | Constant intensity light emitting strobe device |
US4269067A (en) | 1979-05-18 | 1981-05-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for focusing elastic waves converted from thermal energy |
FR2465213A1 (en) | 1979-09-13 | 1981-03-20 | Oreal | APPARATUS FOR DIGITAL COLORING OR COLOR MODIFICATION OF AN OBJECT |
JPS56156150A (en) | 1980-02-27 | 1981-12-02 | Nato Giyuntaa | Photocoagulator |
US4333197A (en) | 1980-06-02 | 1982-06-08 | Arthur Kuris | Ultrasonic toothbrush |
US4316467A (en) | 1980-06-23 | 1982-02-23 | Lorenzo P. Maun | Control for laser hemangioma treatment system |
US4335726A (en) | 1980-07-11 | 1982-06-22 | The Kendall Company | Therapeutic device with temperature and pressure control |
FR2498927A1 (en) | 1981-02-05 | 1982-08-06 | Javelle Edmond | APPARATUS FOR HANDLING THE ENERGY CIRCULATING IN THE MERIDIENS OF THE HUMAN BODY |
US4388924A (en) | 1981-05-21 | 1983-06-21 | Weissman Howard R | Method for laser depilation |
HU186081B (en) | 1981-09-02 | 1985-05-28 | Fenyo Marta | Process and apparatus for stimulating healing of pathologic points on the surface of the body first of all of wounds, ulcera and other epithelial lesions |
JPS5886178A (en) | 1981-11-18 | 1983-05-23 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Laser medical apparatus |
US4409479A (en) | 1981-12-03 | 1983-10-11 | Xerox Corporation | Optical cursor control device |
US4525289A (en) * | 1981-12-29 | 1985-06-25 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Alpha-phosphono lauramide lubricant additives |
US4461294A (en) | 1982-01-20 | 1984-07-24 | Baron Neville A | Apparatus and process for recurving the cornea of an eye |
GB2123287B (en) | 1982-07-09 | 1986-03-05 | Anna Gunilla Sutton | Depilaton device |
US5928222A (en) | 1982-08-06 | 1999-07-27 | Kleinerman; Marcos Y. | Fiber optic sensing techniques in laser medicine |
AU553836B2 (en) | 1982-08-27 | 1986-07-31 | Alistair Joseph Blake | Lamp for irradiating tumours |
US4452081A (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1984-06-05 | Varian Associates, Inc. | Measurement of velocity and tissue temperature by ultrasound |
US4566271A (en) | 1982-12-01 | 1986-01-28 | Lucas Industries Public Limited Company | Engine systems |
US4784135A (en) | 1982-12-09 | 1988-11-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Far ultraviolet surgical and dental procedures |
US4504727A (en) | 1982-12-30 | 1985-03-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Laser drilling system utilizing photoacoustic feedback |
DE3304230A1 (en) | 1983-02-08 | 1984-08-16 | ams Automatische Meß- und Steuerungstechnik GmbH, 8572 Auerbach | RADIATION DEVICE |
US5527368C1 (en) | 1983-03-11 | 2001-05-08 | Norton Co | Coated abrasives with rapidly curable adhesives |
US4524289A (en) | 1983-04-11 | 1985-06-18 | Xerox Corporation | Flash lamp power supply with reduced capacitance requirements |
US4601753A (en) | 1983-05-05 | 1986-07-22 | General Electric Company | Powdered iron core magnetic devices |
US4591762A (en) | 1983-05-31 | 1986-05-27 | Olympus Optical, Co. | Electronic flash |
GB8320639D0 (en) | 1983-07-30 | 1983-09-01 | Emi Plc Thorn | Incandescent lamps |
JPS60123818A (en) | 1983-12-08 | 1985-07-02 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Optical transmitter |
US4512197A (en) | 1983-09-01 | 1985-04-23 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Apparatus for generating a focusable and scannable ultrasonic beam for non-destructive examination |
US4608978A (en) | 1983-09-26 | 1986-09-02 | Carol Block Limited | Method and apparatus for photoepiltion |
US5140984A (en) | 1983-10-06 | 1992-08-25 | Proclosure, Inc. | Laser healing method and apparatus |
US5108388B1 (en) | 1983-12-15 | 2000-09-19 | Visx Inc | Laser surgery method |
JPS60148566A (en) | 1984-01-13 | 1985-08-05 | 株式会社東芝 | Laser treatment apparatus |
JPS60148567A (en) | 1984-01-13 | 1985-08-05 | 株式会社東芝 | Laser treatment apparatus |
US4608979A (en) | 1984-02-22 | 1986-09-02 | Washington Research Foundation | Apparatus for the noninvasive shock fragmentation of renal calculi |
IL75998A0 (en) | 1984-08-07 | 1985-12-31 | Medical Laser Research & Dev C | Laser system for providing target tissue specific energy deposition |
US4799479A (en) | 1984-10-24 | 1989-01-24 | The Beth Israel Hospital Association | Method and apparatus for angioplasty |
ATE51730T1 (en) | 1984-10-25 | 1990-04-15 | Candela Laser Corp | TUNABLE LONG-PULSE DYE LASER. |
US4677347A (en) | 1984-10-26 | 1987-06-30 | Olympus Optical, Co., Ltd. | Electronic flash |
US5192278A (en) | 1985-03-22 | 1993-03-09 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Multi-fiber plug for a laser catheter |
US5318024A (en) | 1985-03-22 | 1994-06-07 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Laser endoscope for spectroscopic imaging |
DE3666773D1 (en) | 1985-03-29 | 1989-12-14 | Eugene Jim Politzer | Method and apparatus for shaving the beard |
US4623929A (en) | 1985-05-03 | 1986-11-18 | Eastman Kodak Company | Flash tube simmer circuitry for a film video player electronic strobe light |
US5196004A (en) | 1985-07-31 | 1993-03-23 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Infrared laser catheter system |
EP0214712B1 (en) | 1985-07-31 | 1992-09-02 | C.R. Bard, Inc. | Infrared laser catheter apparatus |
US4917084A (en) | 1985-07-31 | 1990-04-17 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Infrared laser catheter system |
US5137530A (en) | 1985-09-27 | 1992-08-11 | Sand Bruce J | Collagen treatment apparatus |
US4695697A (en) | 1985-12-13 | 1987-09-22 | Gv Medical, Inc. | Fiber tip monitoring and protection assembly |
GB2184021A (en) | 1985-12-13 | 1987-06-17 | Micra Ltd | Laser treatment apparatus for port wine stains |
FR2591902B1 (en) | 1985-12-23 | 1989-06-30 | Collin Yvon | EXTERNAL LASER THERAPY APPARATUS HAVING ONE OR MORE LASER DIODES IN SUCTION CUPS |
US4871479A (en) | 1986-03-25 | 1989-10-03 | Comurhex Societe Pour La Conversion De L'uranium En Metal Et Hexafluorure | Process for producing sintered mixed oxides which are soluble in nitric acid from solutions of nitrates |
US4775361A (en) | 1986-04-10 | 1988-10-04 | The General Hospital Corporation | Controlled removal of human stratum corneum by pulsed laser to enhance percutaneous transport |
US5336217A (en) | 1986-04-24 | 1994-08-09 | Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Insepm) | Process for treatment by irradiating an area of a body, and treatment apparatus usable in dermatology for the treatment of cutaneous angio dysplasias |
FR2597744A1 (en) | 1986-04-29 | 1987-10-30 | Boussignac Georges | CARDIO-VASCULAR CATHETER FOR LASER SHOOTING |
JPS6397175A (en) | 1986-10-15 | 1988-04-27 | 森 敬 | Light irradiation apparatus for emitting tooth germ treating light |
US4826431A (en) | 1986-06-12 | 1989-05-02 | Kabushiki Kaisha Morita Seisakusho | Medical laser handpiece |
US4736745A (en) | 1986-06-27 | 1988-04-12 | University Of Cincinnati | Laser treatment of cancerization of the oral cavity and apparatus for use therewith |
EP0272325A1 (en) | 1986-06-30 | 1988-06-29 | MEDICAL LASER RESEARCH Co., LTD. | Semiconductor laser therapeutic apparatus |
US4926227A (en) | 1986-08-01 | 1990-05-15 | Nanometrics Inc. | Sensor devices with internal packaged coolers |
US4779173A (en) | 1986-12-24 | 1988-10-18 | Carr Charlie O | Illuminated brush device |
JPS63216579A (en) | 1987-03-05 | 1988-09-08 | 大工園 則雄 | Laser beam irradiation apparatus for hyperthermia |
DE8705296U1 (en) | 1987-04-09 | 1988-08-04 | Heimann Gmbh, 6200 Wiesbaden, De | |
US4749913A (en) | 1987-04-17 | 1988-06-07 | General Electric Company | Operating circuit for a direct current discharge lamp |
US4745909A (en) | 1987-05-15 | 1988-05-24 | Pelton Robert J | Cold massage tool and method of use thereof |
JPH01178256A (en) | 1988-01-05 | 1989-07-14 | Hideo Suyama | Electronic toothbrush |
US4862903A (en) | 1987-10-09 | 1989-09-05 | U.S. Divers Company, Inc. | Breathing mouthpiece for contacting upper palate and lower jaw of user's mouth |
JPH0199574A (en) | 1987-10-13 | 1989-04-18 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Medical equipment with semiconductor laser |
US4860744A (en) | 1987-11-02 | 1989-08-29 | Raj K. Anand | Thermoelectrically controlled heat medical catheter |
US4930504A (en) | 1987-11-13 | 1990-06-05 | Diamantopoulos Costas A | Device for biostimulation of tissue and method for treatment of tissue |
US4845608A (en) | 1987-12-21 | 1989-07-04 | General Electric Company | Digital speed controller using a single-chip microcontroller |
US4860172A (en) | 1988-01-19 | 1989-08-22 | Biotronics Associates, Inc. | Lamp-based laser simulator |
US5242437A (en) | 1988-06-10 | 1993-09-07 | Trimedyne Laser Systems, Inc. | Medical device applying localized high intensity light and heat, particularly for destruction of the endometrium |
JPH0213479A (en) | 1988-07-01 | 1990-01-17 | Takashi Mori | Light radiation device for medical therapy |
US4884560A (en) | 1988-07-11 | 1989-12-05 | Kuracina Thomas C | Thermal massage device |
US4928038A (en) | 1988-09-26 | 1990-05-22 | General Electric Company | Power control circuit for discharge lamp and method of operating same |
DE3837248A1 (en) | 1988-10-28 | 1990-05-03 | Teichmann Heinrich Otto Dr Phy | Device for treating skin lesions |
JP2592791B2 (en) | 1989-01-31 | 1997-03-19 | 株式会社サンギ | Electronic toothbrush |
US4945239A (en) | 1989-03-29 | 1990-07-31 | Center For Innovative Technology | Early detection of breast cancer using transillumination |
US5263951A (en) | 1989-04-21 | 1993-11-23 | Kerus Medical Systems | Correction of the optical focusing system of the eye using laser thermal keratoplasty |
CN2053926U (en) | 1989-05-06 | 1990-03-07 | 李杰生 | Radiation treatment apparatus |
US5057104A (en) | 1989-05-30 | 1991-10-15 | Cyrus Chess | Method and apparatus for treating cutaneous vascular lesions |
US5486172A (en) * | 1989-05-30 | 1996-01-23 | Chess; Cyrus | Apparatus for treating cutaneous vascular lesions |
US5152759A (en) | 1989-06-07 | 1992-10-06 | University Of Miami, School Of Medicine, Dept. Of Ophthalmology | Noncontact laser microsurgical apparatus |
US5955490A (en) | 1989-07-28 | 1999-09-21 | Queen's University At Kingston | Photochemotherapeutic method using 5-aminolevulinic acid and other precursors of endogenous porphyrins |
US4973848A (en) * | 1989-07-28 | 1990-11-27 | J. Mccaughan | Laser apparatus for concurrent analysis and treatment |
JP2854027B2 (en) | 1989-08-03 | 1999-02-03 | ヤーマン株式会社 | Light hair removal device |
JPH0373106A (en) | 1989-08-14 | 1991-03-28 | Omron Corp | Optical medical toothbrush |
WO1991002562A1 (en) | 1989-08-17 | 1991-03-07 | Surgical Laser Products, Inc. | Integral end structure for medical laser waveguide |
US5182557A (en) | 1989-09-20 | 1993-01-26 | Semborg Recrob, Corp. | Motorized joystick |
US4992256A (en) | 1989-09-27 | 1991-02-12 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Plaque disclosing compositions |
DE3936367A1 (en) | 1989-11-02 | 1991-05-08 | Simon Pal | SHAVER |
GB2239675A (en) | 1989-12-05 | 1991-07-10 | Man Fai Shiu | Pump for pumping liquid |
FR2655849B1 (en) | 1989-12-19 | 1997-10-31 | Raymond Bontemps | LOCAL CRYOGENIC DEVICE FOR MASSAGE OF THE SKIN. |
US5032178A (en) | 1990-02-02 | 1991-07-16 | Demetron Research Corporation | Dental composition system and method for bleaching teeth |
US4976308A (en) | 1990-02-21 | 1990-12-11 | Wright State University | Thermal energy storage heat exchanger |
SE465953B (en) | 1990-04-09 | 1991-11-25 | Morgan Gustafsson | DEVICE FOR TREATMENT OF UNDESECTED EXTERNAL ACCOMMODATIONS |
US5059192A (en) | 1990-04-24 | 1991-10-22 | Nardo Zaias | Method of hair depilation |
US5078683A (en) * | 1990-05-04 | 1992-01-07 | Block Medical, Inc. | Programmable infusion system |
US5071417A (en) | 1990-06-15 | 1991-12-10 | Rare Earth Medical Lasers, Inc. | Laser fusion of biological materials |
US5725522A (en) | 1990-06-15 | 1998-03-10 | Rare Earth Medical, Inc. | Laser suturing of biological materials |
AU642266B2 (en) | 1990-06-25 | 1993-10-14 | Kevin John Bourke | Method and apparatus for dental treatment |
US5046494A (en) | 1990-08-27 | 1991-09-10 | John Searfoss | Phototherapy method |
DE4032860A1 (en) | 1990-10-12 | 1992-04-16 | Zeiss Carl Fa | POWER-CONTROLLED CONTACT APPLICATOR FOR LASER RADIATION |
US5549660A (en) | 1990-11-15 | 1996-08-27 | Amron, Ltd. | Method of treating acne |
DE4100442C2 (en) | 1991-01-09 | 1994-02-10 | Texas Instruments Deutschland | Arrangement for monitoring operating parameters of pneumatic tires of a vehicle mounted on wheel rims |
US5065515A (en) | 1991-01-24 | 1991-11-19 | Warner-Lambert Company | Thermally assisted shaving system |
US5300097A (en) | 1991-02-13 | 1994-04-05 | Lerner Ethan A | Fiber optic psoriasis treatment device |
DE9102407U1 (en) | 1991-02-28 | 1991-07-11 | Mink, Mathias, 7570 Baden-Baden, De | |
US5369831A (en) | 1991-03-25 | 1994-12-06 | Sonex International Corporation | Therapeutic ultrasonic toothbrush |
US5207671A (en) | 1991-04-02 | 1993-05-04 | Franken Peter A | Laser debridement of wounds |
US6485413B1 (en) | 1991-04-29 | 2002-11-26 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods and apparatus for forward-directed optical scanning instruments |
US5474549A (en) | 1991-07-09 | 1995-12-12 | Laserscope | Method and system for scanning a laser beam for controlled distribution of laser dosage |
US5178617A (en) | 1991-07-09 | 1993-01-12 | Laserscope | System for controlled distribution of laser dosage |
US5159601A (en) | 1991-07-17 | 1992-10-27 | General Instrument Corporation | Method for producing a tunable erbium fiber laser |
JP2754964B2 (en) | 1991-08-13 | 1998-05-20 | 日本電気株式会社 | Multi-pole connector mating structure |
US5225926A (en) | 1991-09-04 | 1993-07-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Durable optical elements fabricated from free standing polycrystalline diamond and non-hydrogenated amorphous diamond like carbon (dlc) thin films |
US5267399A (en) | 1991-09-09 | 1993-12-07 | Johnston William A | Implement for simultaneous skin chilling and chilled gel application |
US5171564A (en) | 1991-09-13 | 1992-12-15 | Colgate-Palmolive | Aqueous tooth whitening dentifrice |
US5370642A (en) | 1991-09-25 | 1994-12-06 | Keller; Gregory S. | Method of laser cosmetic surgery |
US5293880A (en) | 1991-10-02 | 1994-03-15 | Levitt Steven J | Athletic mouthguard |
US6461296B1 (en) * | 1998-06-26 | 2002-10-08 | 2000 Injectx, Inc. | Method and apparatus for delivery of genes, enzymes and biological agents to tissue cells |
US5425728A (en) | 1991-10-29 | 1995-06-20 | Tankovich; Nicolai I. | Hair removal device and method |
US5817089A (en) | 1991-10-29 | 1998-10-06 | Thermolase Corporation | Skin treatment process using laser |
US5871480A (en) * | 1991-10-29 | 1999-02-16 | Thermolase Corporation | Hair removal using photosensitizer and laser |
US5226907A (en) | 1991-10-29 | 1993-07-13 | Tankovich Nikolai I | Hair removal device and method |
US5303585A (en) | 1991-10-31 | 1994-04-19 | Jtl Medical Corporation | Fluid volume sensor |
US5344418A (en) * | 1991-12-12 | 1994-09-06 | Shahriar Ghaffari | Optical system for treatment of vascular lesions |
US5275596A (en) | 1991-12-23 | 1994-01-04 | Laser Centers Of America | Laser energy delivery tip element with throughflow of vaporized materials |
IL100545A (en) | 1991-12-29 | 1995-03-15 | Dimotech Ltd | Apparatus for photodynamic therapy treatment |
US5501680A (en) * | 1992-01-15 | 1996-03-26 | The University Of Pittsburgh | Boundary and proximity sensor apparatus for a laser |
US5353790A (en) | 1992-01-17 | 1994-10-11 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Method and apparatus for optical measurement of bilirubin in tissue |
US5160194A (en) | 1992-02-27 | 1992-11-03 | Feldman Melvin D | Toothbrush with externally illuminated bristles |
GB2270159A (en) | 1992-03-13 | 1994-03-02 | Scient Generics Ltd | Optically controlled ultrasound array |
WO1993018715A1 (en) | 1992-03-20 | 1993-09-30 | The General Hospital Corporation | Laser illuminator |
DE9204621U1 (en) | 1992-04-03 | 1992-07-30 | Oralia Dentalprodukte Gmbh, 7750 Konstanz, De | |
CA2093055C (en) | 1992-04-09 | 2002-02-19 | Shimon Eckhouse | Method and apparatus for therapeutic electromagnetic treatment |
US5405368A (en) | 1992-10-20 | 1995-04-11 | Esc Inc. | Method and apparatus for therapeutic electromagnetic treatment |
US5287372A (en) | 1992-04-24 | 1994-02-15 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Quasi-resonant diode drive current source |
JP4564596B2 (en) | 1992-04-30 | 2010-10-20 | ユーシーエル ビジネス ピーエルシー | Laser treatment |
US5584701A (en) * | 1992-05-13 | 1996-12-17 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Incorporated | Self regulating lung for simulated medical procedures |
US5334191A (en) | 1992-05-21 | 1994-08-02 | Dix Phillip Poppas | Laser tissue welding control system |
US5292320A (en) | 1992-07-06 | 1994-03-08 | Ceramoptec, Inc. | Radial medical laser delivery device |
EP0920840A3 (en) | 1992-07-31 | 2000-03-29 | Molten Corporation | Small-sized light irradiator for dental use |
US5596619A (en) | 1992-08-21 | 1997-01-21 | Nomos Corporation | Method and apparatus for conformal radiation therapy |
DE69311478T2 (en) | 1992-09-07 | 1998-01-02 | Philips Electronics Nv | Method for producing a block-shaped carrier body for a semiconductor component |
DE4232915A1 (en) * | 1992-10-01 | 1994-04-07 | Hohla Kristian | Device for shaping the cornea by removing tissue |
US5306143A (en) | 1992-10-15 | 1994-04-26 | Laser Medical Technology, Inc. | Dental hygiene appliance |
US5683380A (en) | 1995-03-29 | 1997-11-04 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for depilation using pulsed electromagnetic radiation |
US6280438B1 (en) | 1992-10-20 | 2001-08-28 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for electromagnetic treatment of the skin, including hair depilation |
US5620478A (en) | 1992-10-20 | 1997-04-15 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for therapeutic electromagnetic treatment |
US5720772A (en) * | 1992-10-20 | 1998-02-24 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for therapeutic electromagnetic treatment |
US5626631A (en) | 1992-10-20 | 1997-05-06 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for therapeutic electromagnetic treatment |
GB2272278B (en) | 1992-10-23 | 1997-04-09 | Cancer Res Campaign Tech | Light source |
WO1995022283A1 (en) | 1992-10-26 | 1995-08-24 | Ultrasonic Sensing & Monitoring Systems, Inc. | Catheter using optical fibers to transmit laser and ultrasonic energy |
WO1994009694A1 (en) | 1992-10-28 | 1994-05-11 | Arsenault, Dennis, J. | Electronic endoscope |
US5334193A (en) | 1992-11-13 | 1994-08-02 | American Cardiac Ablation Co., Inc. | Fluid cooled ablation catheter |
US5342358A (en) | 1993-01-12 | 1994-08-30 | S.L.T. Japan Co., Ltd. | Apparatus for operation by laser energy |
US5287380A (en) * | 1993-02-19 | 1994-02-15 | Candela Laser Corporation | Method and apparatus for generating long output pulses from flashlamp-excited lasers |
US5707403A (en) * | 1993-02-24 | 1998-01-13 | Star Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method for the laser treatment of subsurface blood vessels |
DE9303352U1 (en) | 1993-03-08 | 1993-07-22 | Elfo Ag Sachseln, Sachseln, Ch | |
US5304170A (en) | 1993-03-12 | 1994-04-19 | Green Howard A | Method of laser-induced tissue necrosis in carotenoid-containing skin structures |
US5350376A (en) | 1993-04-16 | 1994-09-27 | Ceramoptec, Inc. | Optical controller device |
GB9309397D0 (en) | 1993-05-07 | 1993-06-23 | Patel Bipin C M | Laser treatment |
US5454807A (en) | 1993-05-14 | 1995-10-03 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Medical treatment of deeply seated tissue using optical radiation |
US5403306A (en) | 1993-06-22 | 1995-04-04 | Vanderbilt University | Laser surgery method |
US5860967A (en) | 1993-07-21 | 1999-01-19 | Lucid, Inc. | Dermatological laser treatment system with electronic visualization of the area being treated |
US5445608A (en) | 1993-08-16 | 1995-08-29 | James C. Chen | Method and apparatus for providing light-activated therapy |
US5420768A (en) | 1993-09-13 | 1995-05-30 | Kennedy; John | Portable led photocuring device |
US6251100B1 (en) | 1993-09-24 | 2001-06-26 | Transmedica International, Inc. | Laser assisted topical anesthetic permeation |
US6635075B2 (en) | 1993-10-04 | 2003-10-21 | Huan-Chen Li | Method and apparatus for treatment of skin itch and disease |
US6245093B1 (en) * | 1993-10-04 | 2001-06-12 | Huan-Chen Li | Method and apparatus for treatment of skin itch and disease |
US5415654A (en) | 1993-10-05 | 1995-05-16 | S.L.T. Japan Co., Ltd. | Laser balloon catheter apparatus |
IL107248A0 (en) | 1993-10-11 | 1994-01-25 | Amcor Ltd | Apparatus for treatment of the oral cavity |
US5445611A (en) | 1993-12-08 | 1995-08-29 | Non-Invasive Monitoring Company (Nimco) | Enhancement of transdermal delivery with ultrasound and chemical enhancers |
US5885211A (en) * | 1993-11-15 | 1999-03-23 | Spectrix, Inc. | Microporation of human skin for monitoring the concentration of an analyte |
US5458140A (en) * | 1993-11-15 | 1995-10-17 | Non-Invasive Monitoring Company (Nimco) | Enhancement of transdermal monitoring applications with ultrasound and chemical enhancers |
US5413587A (en) | 1993-11-22 | 1995-05-09 | Hochstein; Peter A. | Infrared heating apparatus and methods |
US20020019624A1 (en) | 1993-12-08 | 2002-02-14 | Clement Robert Marc | Depilation |
US5628744A (en) | 1993-12-21 | 1997-05-13 | Laserscope | Treatment beam handpiece |
WO1995017924A1 (en) | 1993-12-30 | 1995-07-06 | The General Hospital Corporation | Apparatus and methods for laser-induced superficial alteration of a substrate |
US5358503A (en) | 1994-01-25 | 1994-10-25 | Bertwell Dale E | Photo-thermal therapeutic device and method |
US5386427A (en) | 1994-02-10 | 1995-01-31 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Thermally controlled lenses for lasers |
IL108918A (en) | 1994-03-10 | 1997-04-15 | Medic Lightech Ltd | Apparatus for efficient photodynamic treatment |
US5616140A (en) | 1994-03-21 | 1997-04-01 | Prescott; Marvin | Method and apparatus for therapeutic laser treatment |
US5505726A (en) | 1994-03-21 | 1996-04-09 | Dusa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Article of manufacture for the photodynamic therapy of dermal lesion |
US5561881A (en) | 1994-03-22 | 1996-10-08 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Electric toothbrush |
US5979454A (en) | 1995-05-15 | 1999-11-09 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for causing rapid and deep spatially selective coagulation during thermally mediated therapeutic procedures |
JP3263275B2 (en) | 1994-04-05 | 2002-03-04 | ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア | Apparatus for laser treatment of living tissue and laser treatment apparatus for flame-like nevus |
AU2373695A (en) | 1994-05-03 | 1995-11-29 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Apparatus and method for noninvasive doppler ultrasound-guided real-time control of tissue damage in thermal therapy |
FR2719470B1 (en) | 1994-05-04 | 1996-06-28 | Oreal | Method for bleaching hair by laser irradiation with cooling, and device for implementing it. |
US5502852A (en) * | 1994-05-13 | 1996-04-02 | Fredman Brothers | Extensible folding leg for bed cross bar |
US5519534A (en) | 1994-05-25 | 1996-05-21 | The Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Irradiance attachment for an optical fiber to provide a uniform level of illumination across a plane |
US5652481A (en) | 1994-06-10 | 1997-07-29 | Beacon Light Products, Inc. | Automatic state tranition controller for a fluorescent lamp |
US5586132A (en) | 1994-07-27 | 1996-12-17 | Laser Industries Ltd. | Method and apparatus for generating bright light sources |
JPH0866781A (en) | 1994-08-30 | 1996-03-12 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Excimer laser beam irradiating device |
US5502582A (en) * | 1994-09-02 | 1996-03-26 | Aavid Laboratories, Inc. | Light source cooler for LCD monitor |
US5531740A (en) * | 1994-09-06 | 1996-07-02 | Rapistan Demag Corporation | Automatic color-activated scanning treatment of dermatological conditions by laser |
US5698866A (en) | 1994-09-19 | 1997-12-16 | Pdt Systems, Inc. | Uniform illuminator for phototherapy |
US5522813A (en) | 1994-09-23 | 1996-06-04 | Coherent, Inc. | Method of treating veins |
US5531739A (en) | 1994-09-23 | 1996-07-02 | Coherent, Inc. | Method of treating veins |
US5662643A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1997-09-02 | Abiomed R & D, Inc. | Laser welding system |
US5735884A (en) * | 1994-10-04 | 1998-04-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | Filtered feedthrough assembly for implantable medical device |
US5746735A (en) | 1994-10-26 | 1998-05-05 | Cynosure, Inc. | Ultra long pulsed dye laser device for treatment of ectatic vessels and method therefor |
US5571098A (en) | 1994-11-01 | 1996-11-05 | The General Hospital Corporation | Laser surgical devices |
AT403654B (en) * | 1994-12-01 | 1998-04-27 | Binder Michael Dr | DEVICE FOR THE OPTICAL EXAMINATION OF HUMAN SKIN AND THE SAME ASSIGNMENT EVALUATION DEVICE |
US5558667A (en) | 1994-12-14 | 1996-09-24 | Coherent, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating vascular lesions |
AT401342B (en) | 1995-01-17 | 1996-08-26 | Myles Handels Gmbh | SOFTLASER WITH INTEGRATED POINT DETECTOR FOR ACUPUNCTURE POINTS |
US5743902A (en) | 1995-01-23 | 1998-04-28 | Coherent, Inc. | Hand-held laser scanner |
US5735844A (en) * | 1995-02-01 | 1998-04-07 | The General Hospital Corporation | Hair removal using optical pulses |
US5595568A (en) | 1995-02-01 | 1997-01-21 | The General Hospital Corporation | Permanent hair removal using optical pulses |
US5643334A (en) | 1995-02-07 | 1997-07-01 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for the diagnostic and composite pulsed heating and photodynamic therapy treatment |
US5728090A (en) | 1995-02-09 | 1998-03-17 | Quantum Devices, Inc. | Apparatus for irradiating living cells |
US5868731A (en) * | 1996-03-04 | 1999-02-09 | Innotech Usa, Inc. | Laser surgical device and method of its use |
WO1996028212A1 (en) | 1995-03-09 | 1996-09-19 | Innotech Usa, Inc. | Laser surgical device and method of its use |
JPH08243181A (en) * | 1995-03-13 | 1996-09-24 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Optical treating and diagnosing device |
US5885273A (en) * | 1995-03-29 | 1999-03-23 | Esc Medical Systems, Ltd. | Method for depilation using pulsed electromagnetic radiation |
US5658148A (en) | 1995-04-26 | 1997-08-19 | Ceramoptec Industries, Inc. | Dental laser brushing or cleaning device |
US6056548A (en) | 1995-04-26 | 2000-05-02 | Ceramoptec Industries, Inc. | Hygienic dental laser photo treatment method |
JPH08299310A (en) * | 1995-05-02 | 1996-11-19 | Toa Medical Electronics Co Ltd | Non-invasive blood analysis device and method therefor |
US6425912B1 (en) | 1995-05-05 | 2002-07-30 | Thermage, Inc. | Method and apparatus for modifying skin surface and soft tissue structure |
US6241753B1 (en) | 1995-05-05 | 2001-06-05 | Thermage, Inc. | Method for scar collagen formation and contraction |
US5660836A (en) | 1995-05-05 | 1997-08-26 | Knowlton; Edward W. | Method and apparatus for controlled contraction of collagen tissue |
US6430446B1 (en) | 1995-05-05 | 2002-08-06 | Thermage, Inc. | Apparatus for tissue remodeling |
DE29508077U1 (en) * | 1995-05-16 | 1995-08-10 | Wilden Lutz Dr Med | Oral care device |
US5673451A (en) | 1995-07-06 | 1997-10-07 | Moore; James R. | Instructional toothbrush |
US5879376A (en) * | 1995-07-12 | 1999-03-09 | Luxar Corporation | Method and apparatus for dermatology treatment |
US5651775A (en) * | 1995-07-12 | 1997-07-29 | Walker; Richard Bradley | Medication delivery and monitoring system and methods |
US5658323A (en) | 1995-07-12 | 1997-08-19 | Miller; Iain D. | Method and apparatus for dermatology treatment |
US6263233B1 (en) | 1995-07-13 | 2001-07-17 | Lucid, Inc. | Handheld imaging microscope |
US6240306B1 (en) | 1995-08-09 | 2001-05-29 | Rio Grande Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for non-invasive blood analyte measurement with fluid compartment equilibration |
US5849029A (en) | 1995-12-26 | 1998-12-15 | Esc Medical Systems, Ltd. | Method for controlling the thermal profile of the skin |
US5964749A (en) * | 1995-09-15 | 1999-10-12 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for skin rejuvenation and wrinkle smoothing |
JPH0984803A (en) | 1995-09-27 | 1997-03-31 | Terumo Corp | Laser treatment apparatus |
US5836999A (en) | 1995-09-28 | 1998-11-17 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for treating psoriasis using pulsed electromagnetic radiation |
US5776175A (en) | 1995-09-29 | 1998-07-07 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for treatment of cancer using pulsed electromagnetic radiation |
GB9520564D0 (en) | 1995-10-07 | 1995-12-13 | Philips Electronics Nv | Apparatus for treating a patient |
US5824023A (en) | 1995-10-12 | 1998-10-20 | The General Hospital Corporation | Radiation-delivery device |
US5916211A (en) * | 1995-11-03 | 1999-06-29 | Quon; Hew W. | Permanent hair removal using visible red wavelength spectrum lasers |
JPH09141869A (en) * | 1995-11-24 | 1997-06-03 | Seiko Epson Corp | Ink-jet type recording apparatus |
US5713738A (en) | 1995-12-12 | 1998-02-03 | Britesmile, Inc. | Method for whitening teeth |
US5879346A (en) | 1995-12-18 | 1999-03-09 | Esc Medical Systems, Ltd. | Hair removal by selective photothermolysis with an alexandrite laser |
CA2166034A1 (en) | 1995-12-22 | 1997-06-23 | Chia-Yu Cheng | Skin brush massage method |
KR0155936B1 (en) | 1995-12-26 | 1998-12-15 | 손욱 | Fluorescent lamp ballast circuit |
US6350276B1 (en) * | 1996-01-05 | 2002-02-26 | Thermage, Inc. | Tissue remodeling apparatus containing cooling fluid |
IT1286551B1 (en) | 1996-02-13 | 1998-07-15 | El En S R L | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR THE ELIMINATION OF ADIPOSE LAYERS THROUGH LASER ENERGY |
US20070185552A1 (en) | 1996-02-13 | 2007-08-09 | Leonardo Masotti | Device and method for biological tissue stimulation by high intensity laser therapy |
US5835648A (en) | 1996-03-07 | 1998-11-10 | Miravant Systems, Inc. | Surface illuminator for photodynamic therapy |
US6239442B1 (en) | 1996-03-21 | 2001-05-29 | Keiji Iimura | Cleaning apparatus using ultraviolet rays |
JP3662068B2 (en) | 1996-03-21 | 2005-06-22 | 飯村 惠次 | Photocatalyst device and cleaning device using photocatalyst |
US5630811A (en) | 1996-03-25 | 1997-05-20 | Miller; Iain D. | Method and apparatus for hair removal |
AU2607197A (en) | 1996-04-09 | 1997-10-29 | Cynosure Corporation | Alexandrite laser system for treatment of dermatological specimens |
US5742392A (en) * | 1996-04-16 | 1998-04-21 | Seymour Light, Inc. | Polarized material inspection apparatus |
US5944687A (en) | 1996-04-24 | 1999-08-31 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Opto-acoustic transducer for medical applications |
US5893828A (en) | 1996-05-02 | 1999-04-13 | Uram; Martin | Contact laser surgical endoscope and associated myringotomy procedure |
US5662644A (en) | 1996-05-14 | 1997-09-02 | Mdlt, Inc. | Dermatological laser apparatus and method |
TW364841B (en) | 1996-05-14 | 1999-07-21 | Kao Corp | Toothbrush |
US5655547A (en) | 1996-05-15 | 1997-08-12 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Method for laser surgery |
US5743901A (en) | 1996-05-15 | 1998-04-28 | Star Medical Technologies, Inc. | High fluence diode laser device and method for the fabrication and use thereof |
GB9611170D0 (en) | 1996-05-29 | 1996-07-31 | Sls Wales Ltd | Reduction of vascular blemishes by selective thermolysis |
US6183434B1 (en) * | 1996-07-03 | 2001-02-06 | Spectrx, Inc. | Multiple mechanical microporation of skin or mucosa |
KR100205052B1 (en) | 1996-07-12 | 1999-06-15 | 정선종 | Mode locking optical fiber laser of wavelength tunable type |
WO1998004184A2 (en) * | 1996-07-25 | 1998-02-05 | Light Medicine, Inc. | Photodynamic therapy apparatus and methods |
US6443974B1 (en) | 1996-07-28 | 2002-09-03 | Biosense, Inc. | Electromagnetic cardiac biostimulation |
US5814008A (en) | 1996-07-29 | 1998-09-29 | Light Sciences Limited Partnership | Method and device for applying hyperthermia to enhance drug perfusion and efficacy of subsequent light therapy |
US5820626A (en) | 1996-07-30 | 1998-10-13 | Laser Aesthetics, Inc. | Cooling laser handpiece with refillable coolant reservoir |
US5913883A (en) * | 1996-08-06 | 1999-06-22 | Alexander; Dane | Therapeutic facial mask |
AU3825097A (en) | 1996-08-06 | 1998-02-25 | Edward W. Knowlton | Method for tightening skin |
WO1998006456A1 (en) | 1996-08-08 | 1998-02-19 | Light Sciences Limited Partnership | Method and apparatus to treat gingival and periodontal disease |
US6096029A (en) | 1997-02-24 | 2000-08-01 | Laser Skin Toner, Inc. | Laser method for subsurface cutaneous treatment |
NO963546D0 (en) | 1996-08-23 | 1996-08-23 | Eric Larsen | Method of permanent hair removal using light |
US5851181A (en) | 1996-08-30 | 1998-12-22 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd. | Apparatus for simultaneously viewing and spectrally analyzing a portion of skin |
US6214034B1 (en) * | 1996-09-04 | 2001-04-10 | Radiancy, Inc. | Method of selective photothermolysis |
US5759200A (en) | 1996-09-04 | 1998-06-02 | Azar; Zion | Method of selective photothermolysis |
AU7101396A (en) * | 1996-09-10 | 1998-04-02 | Grigory Borisovich Altshuler | Toothbrush |
US5908418A (en) | 1996-09-13 | 1999-06-01 | Dority; Douglas B. | Hand held coagulating device |
JP3036232U (en) | 1996-09-26 | 1997-04-15 | ヤーマン株式会社 | Optical hair removal device |
US5782249A (en) | 1996-09-30 | 1998-07-21 | Weber; Paul J. | Laser manicure process |
US6424852B1 (en) | 1996-10-18 | 2002-07-23 | Lucid, Inc. | System for confocal imaging within dermal tissue |
JP3365227B2 (en) | 1996-10-25 | 2003-01-08 | 花王株式会社 | Method and apparatus for measuring optical properties of skin surface condition |
US7036516B1 (en) | 1996-10-30 | 2006-05-02 | Xantech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treatment of pigmented tissues using optical energy |
US6228075B1 (en) * | 1996-11-07 | 2001-05-08 | Cynosure, Inc. | Alexandrite laser system for hair removal |
GB9623627D0 (en) | 1996-11-13 | 1997-01-08 | Meditech International Inc | Method and apparatus for photon therapy |
CN1073607C (en) | 1996-11-20 | 2001-10-24 | 中国科学院近代物理研究所 | Electronic radiation solidifying paint for building material surface |
US20060149343A1 (en) | 1996-12-02 | 2006-07-06 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Cooling system for a photocosmetic device |
US6015404A (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 2000-01-18 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Laser dermatology with feedback control |
US6517532B1 (en) | 1997-05-15 | 2003-02-11 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Light energy delivery head |
US6653618B2 (en) * | 2000-04-28 | 2003-11-25 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Contact detecting method and apparatus for an optical radiation handpiece |
US7204832B2 (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 2007-04-17 | Pálomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Cooling system for a photo cosmetic device |
US6273884B1 (en) * | 1997-05-15 | 2001-08-14 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for dermatology treatment |
US6162211A (en) | 1996-12-05 | 2000-12-19 | Thermolase Corporation | Skin enhancement using laser light |
FR2756741B1 (en) | 1996-12-05 | 1999-01-08 | Cird Galderma | USE OF A CHROMOPHORE IN A COMPOSITION INTENDED TO BE APPLIED TO THE SKIN BEFORE LASER TREATMENT |
DE19654108C2 (en) | 1996-12-23 | 2001-10-04 | Massholder Karl F | Cleaning system and method for cleaning a surface |
US5879159A (en) | 1996-12-24 | 1999-03-09 | Ion Laser Technology, Inc. | Portable high power arc lamp system and applications therefor |
US6063108A (en) | 1997-01-06 | 2000-05-16 | Salansky; Norman | Method and apparatus for localized low energy photon therapy (LEPT) |
US6391283B1 (en) | 1997-01-10 | 2002-05-21 | Ultradent Products, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for activating dental compositions |
US5830208A (en) | 1997-01-31 | 1998-11-03 | Laserlite, Llc | Peltier cooled apparatus and methods for dermatological treatment |
US5906609A (en) | 1997-02-05 | 1999-05-25 | Sahar Technologies | Method for delivering energy within continuous outline |
US5810801A (en) | 1997-02-05 | 1998-09-22 | Candela Corporation | Method and apparatus for treating wrinkles in skin using radiation |
US6200309B1 (en) * | 1997-02-13 | 2001-03-13 | Mcdonnell Douglas Corporation | Photodynamic therapy system and method using a phased array raman laser amplifier |
US5836877A (en) | 1997-02-24 | 1998-11-17 | Lucid Inc | System for facilitating pathological examination of a lesion in tissue |
AU6569198A (en) | 1997-03-19 | 1998-10-12 | Lucid Technologies, Inc. | Cellular surgery utilizing confocal microscopy |
US6171302B1 (en) | 1997-03-19 | 2001-01-09 | Gerard Talpalriu | Apparatus and method including a handpiece for synchronizing the pulsing of a light source |
US5891063A (en) | 1997-04-03 | 1999-04-06 | Vigil; Arlene | Skin rejuvinating system |
DE29705934U1 (en) | 1997-04-03 | 1997-06-05 | Kaltenbach & Voigt | Diagnostic and treatment device for teeth |
US6317624B1 (en) | 1997-05-05 | 2001-11-13 | The General Hospital Corporation | Apparatus and method for demarcating tumors |
US6117129A (en) | 1997-05-30 | 2000-09-12 | Nidek Co., Ltd. | Laser treatment apparatus |
JP4026892B2 (en) * | 1997-08-29 | 2007-12-26 | 株式会社ニデック | Laser therapy device |
US6030399A (en) * | 1997-06-04 | 2000-02-29 | Spectrx, Inc. | Fluid jet blood sampling device and methods |
US20020018754A1 (en) | 1999-03-15 | 2002-02-14 | Paul Albert Sagel | Shapes for tooth whitening strips |
DE19724299C2 (en) | 1997-06-09 | 2003-03-27 | Sli Lichtsysteme Gmbh | Method and device for the cosmetic treatment of acne vulgaris |
EP0885629A3 (en) * | 1997-06-16 | 1999-07-21 | Danish Dermatologic Development A/S | Light pulse generating apparatus and cosmetic and therapeutic phototreatment |
US6475211B2 (en) | 1997-06-17 | 2002-11-05 | Cool Laser Optics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for temperature control of biologic tissue with simultaneous irradiation |
AU8155098A (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1999-01-04 | Biolase Technology, Inc. | Electromagnetic radiation emitting toothbrush and dentifrice system |
US5883471A (en) * | 1997-06-20 | 1999-03-16 | Polycom, Inc. | Flashlamp pulse shaper and method |
US5968034A (en) | 1997-06-24 | 1999-10-19 | Laser Aesthetics, Inc. | Pulsed filament lamp for dermatological treatment |
US5885274A (en) * | 1997-06-24 | 1999-03-23 | New Star Lasers, Inc. | Filament lamp for dermatological treatment |
US6142650A (en) | 1997-07-10 | 2000-11-07 | Brown; David C. | Laser flashlight |
US6058937A (en) | 1997-07-18 | 2000-05-09 | Miravant Systems, Inc. | Photodynamic Therapy of highly vascularized tissue |
US5921926A (en) | 1997-07-28 | 1999-07-13 | University Of Central Florida | Three dimensional optical imaging colposcopy |
US6104959A (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2000-08-15 | Microwave Medical Corp. | Method and apparatus for treating subcutaneous histological features |
JP4014255B2 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2007-11-28 | 有限会社開発顧問室 | Laser irradiation device for skin treatment |
US6273885B1 (en) | 1997-08-16 | 2001-08-14 | Cooltouch Corporation | Handheld photoepilation device and method |
CA2302044C (en) | 1997-08-25 | 2011-07-05 | Advanced Photodynamic Technologies, Inc. | Treatment device for topical photodynamic therapy and method of making same |
US6251127B1 (en) | 1997-08-25 | 2001-06-26 | Advanced Photodynamic Technologies, Inc. | Dye treatment solution and photodynamic therapy and method of using same |
US6074382A (en) | 1997-08-29 | 2000-06-13 | Asah Medico A/S | Apparatus for tissue treatment |
US6171300B1 (en) | 1997-09-04 | 2001-01-09 | Linvatec Corporation | Tubing cassette and method for cooling a surgical handpiece |
JP3019207B2 (en) | 1997-09-11 | 2000-03-13 | 川崎重工業株式会社 | Excavation equipment for shield machine |
US5813855A (en) | 1997-09-23 | 1998-09-29 | Crisio, Jr.; Raymond A. | Illuminated toothbrush |
US6176854B1 (en) * | 1997-10-08 | 2001-01-23 | Robert Roy Cone | Percutaneous laser treatment |
US5984915A (en) | 1997-10-08 | 1999-11-16 | Trimedyne, Inc. | Percutaneous laser treatment |
DE19841217B4 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2005-06-16 | Applied Photonics Worldwide, Inc., Reno | Apparatus and method for the spectroscopic analysis of human or animal tissue or body fluids |
US20010048077A1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2001-12-06 | Afanassieva Natalia I. | Apparatus and method for spectroscopic analysis of human or animal tissue or body fluids |
US5968033A (en) | 1997-11-03 | 1999-10-19 | Fuller Research Corporation | Optical delivery system and method for subsurface tissue irradiation |
US6229831B1 (en) * | 1997-12-08 | 2001-05-08 | Coherent, Inc. | Bright diode-laser light-source |
US5949222A (en) | 1997-12-08 | 1999-09-07 | Buono; Robert N. | Self-oscillating switch mode DC to DC conversion with current switching threshold hystersis |
FR2772274B1 (en) * | 1997-12-16 | 2002-01-04 | Galderma Rech Dermatologique | DEVICE COMPRISING A CHROMOPHORE COMPOSITION FOR APPLICATION ON THE SKIN, METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SUCH A DEVICE AND USES THEREOF |
US6007219A (en) | 1997-12-17 | 1999-12-28 | O'meara; James C. | Laser lighting system |
US6325769B1 (en) | 1998-12-29 | 2001-12-04 | Collapeutics, Llc | Method and apparatus for therapeutic treatment of skin |
US6113559A (en) | 1997-12-29 | 2000-09-05 | Klopotek; Peter J. | Method and apparatus for therapeutic treatment of skin with ultrasound |
IL122840A (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2002-04-21 | Radiancy Inc | Apparatus and methods for removing hair |
WO1999034868A1 (en) * | 1998-01-07 | 1999-07-15 | Kim Robin Segal | Diode laser irradiation and electrotherapy system for biological tissue stimulation |
US6200134B1 (en) | 1998-01-20 | 2001-03-13 | Kerr Corporation | Apparatus and method for curing materials with radiation |
US7048731B2 (en) * | 1998-01-23 | 2006-05-23 | Laser Abrasive Technologies, Llc | Methods and apparatus for light induced processing of biological tissues and of dental materials |
RU2175873C2 (en) * | 1998-01-23 | 2001-11-20 | Альтшулер Григорий Борисович | Method and device for carrying out light-induced treatment of materials, mainly biological tissues |
CN1058905C (en) | 1998-01-25 | 2000-11-29 | 重庆海扶(Hifu)技术有限公司 | High-intensity focus supersonic tumor scanning therapy system |
DE19803460C1 (en) | 1998-01-30 | 1999-08-12 | Dornier Medizintechnik | Application device for the treatment of biological tissue with laser radiation |
US6162055A (en) | 1998-02-13 | 2000-12-19 | Britesmile, Inc. | Light activated tooth whitening composition and method of using same |
US6416319B1 (en) | 1998-02-13 | 2002-07-09 | Britesmile, Inc. | Tooth whitening device and method of using same |
US6149644A (en) | 1998-02-17 | 2000-11-21 | Altralight, Inc. | Method and apparatus for epidermal treatment with computer controlled moving focused infrared light |
US6149895A (en) | 1998-02-17 | 2000-11-21 | Kreativ, Inc | Dental bleaching compositions, kits & methods |
IL123437A0 (en) | 1998-02-24 | 1998-09-24 | Shalev Pinchas | Apparatus and method for photothermal destruction of oral bacteria |
US6080146A (en) | 1998-02-24 | 2000-06-27 | Altshuler; Gregory | Method and apparatus for hair removal |
US6029303A (en) | 1998-03-04 | 2000-02-29 | Dewan; Raman N. | Electronic toothbrush |
WO1999044638A1 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 1999-09-10 | Spectrx, Inc. | Photothermal structure for biomedical applications, and method therefor |
US6530915B1 (en) * | 1998-03-06 | 2003-03-11 | Spectrx, Inc. | Photothermal structure for biomedical applications, and method therefor |
US6022316A (en) * | 1998-03-06 | 2000-02-08 | Spectrx, Inc. | Apparatus and method for electroporation of microporated tissue for enhancing flux rates for monitoring and delivery applications |
US6173202B1 (en) * | 1998-03-06 | 2001-01-09 | Spectrx, Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhancing flux rates of a fluid in a microporated biological tissue |
EP1566149A1 (en) * | 1998-03-12 | 2005-08-24 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | System for electromagnetic radiation of the skin |
US5920374A (en) | 1998-03-24 | 1999-07-06 | Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas | Computerized screening device utilizing the Pulfrich effect |
ES2403359T3 (en) | 1998-03-27 | 2013-05-17 | The General Hospital Corporation | Procedure and apparatus for the selective determination of lipid rich tissues |
EP0947173A1 (en) | 1998-03-30 | 1999-10-06 | Gabriel Bernaz | Probe for high frequency treatment of the skin |
US6306130B1 (en) | 1998-04-07 | 2001-10-23 | The General Hospital Corporation | Apparatus and methods for removing blood vessels |
US6264649B1 (en) * | 1998-04-09 | 2001-07-24 | Ian Andrew Whitcroft | Laser treatment cooling head |
RU2145247C1 (en) | 1998-04-10 | 2000-02-10 | Жаров Владимир Павлович | Photomatrix therapeutic device for treatment of extended pathologies |
US6223071B1 (en) * | 1998-05-01 | 2001-04-24 | Dusa Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Illuminator for photodynamic therapy and diagnosis which produces substantially uniform intensity visible light |
US6099521A (en) | 1998-05-26 | 2000-08-08 | Shadduck; John H. | Semiconductor contact lens cooling system and technique for light-mediated eye therapies |
US6030378A (en) | 1998-05-26 | 2000-02-29 | Stewart; Bob W. | Method of hair removal by transcutaneous application of laser light |
US5974616A (en) | 1998-05-26 | 1999-11-02 | Dreyfus; Edward | Sound producing toothbrush |
US6203540B1 (en) | 1998-05-28 | 2001-03-20 | Pearl I, Llc | Ultrasound and laser face-lift and bulbous lysing device |
US6110195A (en) | 1998-06-01 | 2000-08-29 | Altralight, Inc. | Method and apparatus for surgical and dermatological treatment by multi-wavelength laser light |
AU4545899A (en) | 1998-06-03 | 1999-12-20 | Robert O. Wolf | System for whitening teeth surfaces |
US6029304A (en) | 1998-06-09 | 2000-02-29 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Light interactive toothbrush |
US6080147A (en) | 1998-06-10 | 2000-06-27 | Tobinick; Edward L. | Method of employing a flashlamp for removal of hair, veins and capillaries |
DE19827417B4 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 2004-10-28 | Hahn, Rainer, Dr.Med.Dent. | Material for different modification of the optical properties of different cells |
US6319274B1 (en) | 1998-06-22 | 2001-11-20 | John H. Shadduck | Devices and techniques for light-mediated stimulation of trabecular meshwork in glaucoma therapy |
US6416531B2 (en) | 1998-06-24 | 2002-07-09 | Light Sciences Corporation | Application of light at plural treatment sites within a tumor to increase the efficacy of light therapy |
ATE428345T1 (en) | 1998-07-09 | 2009-05-15 | Curelight Medical Ltd | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR EFFECTIVE HIGH-ENERGY PHOTODYNAMIC THERAPY OF ACNE VULGARIS AND SEBORRHEA |
US5941701A (en) | 1998-07-14 | 1999-08-24 | Ceramoptec Ind Inc | Device and method to treat oral disease in felines |
JP2000037400A (en) | 1998-07-23 | 2000-02-08 | Nippon Sekigaisen Kogyo Kk | Front surface cooling method at the time of laser irradiation |
US6236891B1 (en) * | 1998-07-31 | 2001-05-22 | Surx, Inc. | Limited heat transfer devices and methods to shrink tissues |
GB9816914D0 (en) * | 1998-08-05 | 1998-09-30 | Smithkline Beecham Gmbh | Novel device |
US6126655A (en) | 1998-08-11 | 2000-10-03 | The General Hospital Corporation | Apparatus and method for selective laser-induced heating of biological tissue |
DE19836649C2 (en) * | 1998-08-13 | 2002-12-19 | Zeiss Carl Meditec Ag | Medical handpiece |
US6440155B1 (en) | 1998-08-19 | 2002-08-27 | Tokai University Educational System | Device for heating a biotissue employing a strong light |
US6525819B1 (en) | 1998-09-02 | 2003-02-25 | Pocketspec Technologies Inc. | Colorimeter for dental applications |
JP3390755B2 (en) | 1998-09-29 | 2003-03-31 | 科学技術振興事業団 | Wavelength tunable short pulse light generating apparatus and method |
US6595986B2 (en) | 1998-10-15 | 2003-07-22 | Stephen Almeida | Multiple pulse photo-dermatological device |
US6059820A (en) * | 1998-10-16 | 2000-05-09 | Paradigm Medical Corporation | Tissue cooling rod for laser surgery |
DE19852948C2 (en) * | 1998-11-12 | 2002-07-18 | Asclepion Meditec Ag | Dermatological handpiece |
KR100280821B1 (en) | 1998-11-18 | 2001-03-02 | 정선종 | Tunable Fiber Laser |
CZ287832B6 (en) | 1998-11-24 | 2001-02-14 | I.B.C., A. S. | Device for light therapy |
US6096209A (en) | 1998-11-25 | 2000-08-01 | Aws Industries, L.L.C. | Three media silver recovery apparatus |
WO2000036715A1 (en) | 1998-11-25 | 2000-06-22 | The University Of New Mexico | Precisely wavelength-tunable and wavelength-switchable narrow linewidth lasers |
US6436096B1 (en) * | 1998-11-27 | 2002-08-20 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Electrosurgical apparatus with stable coagulation |
US6283956B1 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2001-09-04 | David H. McDaniels | Reduction, elimination, or stimulation of hair growth |
US6887260B1 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2005-05-03 | Light Bioscience, Llc | Method and apparatus for acne treatment |
US6936044B2 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2005-08-30 | Light Bioscience, Llc | Method and apparatus for the stimulation of hair growth |
US6663659B2 (en) * | 2000-01-13 | 2003-12-16 | Mcdaniel David H. | Method and apparatus for the photomodulation of living cells |
US6514242B1 (en) * | 1998-12-03 | 2003-02-04 | David Vasily | Method and apparatus for laser removal of hair |
US6183500B1 (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2001-02-06 | Sli Lichtsysteme Gmbh | Process and apparatus for the cosmetic treatment of acne vulgaris |
US6106293A (en) | 1998-12-04 | 2000-08-22 | Wiesel; Peter E. | Methods for whitening teeth |
US6402739B1 (en) * | 1998-12-08 | 2002-06-11 | Y-Beam Technologies, Inc. | Energy application with cooling |
US6183773B1 (en) | 1999-01-04 | 2001-02-06 | The General Hospital Corporation | Targeting of sebaceous follicles as a treatment of sebaceous gland disorders |
US6370180B2 (en) | 1999-01-08 | 2002-04-09 | Corning Incorporated | Semiconductor-solid state laser optical waveguide pump |
US6402410B1 (en) | 1999-01-13 | 2002-06-11 | Philips Oral Healthcare | Fluid-dispensing and refilling system for a power toothbrush |
US6220772B1 (en) | 1999-01-13 | 2001-04-24 | Optiva Corporation | Fluid-dispensing and refilling system for a power toothbrush |
SE522249C2 (en) * | 1999-01-13 | 2004-01-27 | Biolight Patent Holding Ab | Control device for controlling external processing by light |
SE515992C2 (en) | 1999-01-20 | 2001-11-05 | Biolight Patent Holding Ab | Light emitting organs for medical treatment are externalized by light |
US6159236A (en) | 1999-01-28 | 2000-12-12 | Advanced Photodynamic Technologies, Inc. | Expandable treatment device for photodynamic therapy and method of using same |
US6202242B1 (en) | 1999-01-29 | 2001-03-20 | Zephyr Design, Inc. | Light emitting electric toothbrush |
USD424197S (en) * | 1999-02-12 | 2000-05-02 | Thermolase Corporation | Laser handpiece housing |
US6187029B1 (en) | 1999-03-02 | 2001-02-13 | Physician's Technology, Llc | Photo-thermal treatment device |
US6491685B2 (en) | 1999-03-04 | 2002-12-10 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Laser and acoustic lens for lithotripsy |
GB9905173D0 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 1999-04-28 | Sls Biophile Limited | Wrinkle reduction |
AU3147200A (en) * | 1999-03-08 | 2000-09-28 | Asah Medico A/S | An apparatus for tissue treatment and having a monitor for display of tissue features |
JP3188426B2 (en) * | 1999-03-12 | 2001-07-16 | ヤーマン株式会社 | Laser irradiation probe |
US6383176B1 (en) | 1999-03-15 | 2002-05-07 | Altus Medical, Inc. | Hair removal device and method |
US6569155B1 (en) | 1999-03-15 | 2003-05-27 | Altus Medical, Inc. | Radiation delivery module and dermal tissue treatment method |
US6106294A (en) | 1999-03-15 | 2000-08-22 | Daniel; Martin K. | Lighting toothbrush and method of use |
US6235016B1 (en) | 1999-03-16 | 2001-05-22 | Bob W. Stewart | Method of reducing sebum production by application of pulsed light |
RU2181571C2 (en) | 1999-03-18 | 2002-04-27 | Закрытое акционерное общество "LC" | Device and method for performing therapeutic and cosmetic phototreatment of biological tissue |
DE19914108A1 (en) | 1999-03-23 | 2000-10-05 | Plasmaphotonics Gmbh | Irradiation arrangement, in particular for optical thermolysis |
US6312451B1 (en) | 1999-03-23 | 2001-11-06 | Jackson Streeter | Low level laser therapy apparatus |
US6267779B1 (en) | 1999-03-29 | 2001-07-31 | Medelaser, Llc | Method and apparatus for therapeutic laser treatment |
US6484052B1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2002-11-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Optically generated ultrasound for enhanced drug delivery |
WO2000062700A1 (en) | 1999-04-14 | 2000-10-26 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Hair-removing device with a controllable laser source |
US6709269B1 (en) * | 2000-04-14 | 2004-03-23 | Gregory B. Altshuler | Apparatus and method for the processing of solid materials, including hard tissues |
US6162212A (en) | 1999-04-19 | 2000-12-19 | Esc Medical Systems, Ltd. | Optimal procedure for performing a hair removal |
JP2000300684A (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2000-10-31 | Nidek Co Ltd | Laser therapeutic equipment |
WO2000064537A1 (en) | 1999-04-27 | 2000-11-02 | The General Hospital Corporation Doing Business As Massachusetts General Hospital | Phototherapy method for treatment of acne |
US6439888B1 (en) | 1999-05-03 | 2002-08-27 | Pls Liquidating Llc | Optical source and method |
RU2182025C2 (en) | 1999-05-05 | 2002-05-10 | Миржалил Хамитович Усманов | Fire-proofing device |
US6606755B1 (en) | 1999-05-24 | 2003-08-19 | American Applied Technology | Electronically timed toothbrush system |
EP1057454A3 (en) | 1999-05-31 | 2003-11-12 | Nidek Co., Ltd. | Laser skin treatment apparatus |
US6733492B2 (en) | 1999-05-31 | 2004-05-11 | Nidek Co., Ltd. | Laser treatment apparatus |
US7371408B1 (en) | 1999-06-07 | 2008-05-13 | Wright Medical Technology, Inc. | Bone graft substitute composition |
US6685699B1 (en) * | 1999-06-09 | 2004-02-03 | Spectrx, Inc. | Self-removing energy absorbing structure for thermal tissue ablation |
US20040122492A1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2004-06-24 | Yoram Harth | Phototherapeutic treatment of skin conditions |
US20020128695A1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2002-09-12 | Yoram Harth | Apparatus and method for high energy photodynamic therapy of acne vulgaris and seborrhea |
US20030216795A1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2003-11-20 | Yoram Harth | Apparatus and method for high energy photodynamic therapy of acne vulgaris, seborrhea and other skin disorders |
US6210425B1 (en) * | 1999-07-08 | 2001-04-03 | Light Sciences Corporation | Combined imaging and PDT delivery system |
US6451007B1 (en) | 1999-07-29 | 2002-09-17 | Dale E. Koop | Thermal quenching of tissue |
US6413267B1 (en) | 1999-08-09 | 2002-07-02 | Theralase, Inc. | Therapeutic laser device and method including noninvasive subsurface monitoring and controlling means |
US6290713B1 (en) | 1999-08-24 | 2001-09-18 | Thomas A. Russell | Flexible illuminators for phototherapy |
DE19944401A1 (en) | 1999-09-16 | 2001-03-22 | Laser & Med Tech Gmbh | Depth/structure-selective biological tissue treatment method and device e.g. for body hair removal, uses simultaneous application of pressure and irradiation with light |
DE19945416C1 (en) | 1999-09-22 | 2001-04-26 | Siemens Ag | Cooling arrangement for X-ray emitter for computer tomograph enables the X-ray source to be operated over longer periods |
US6331111B1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2001-12-18 | Cao Group, Inc. | Curing light system useful for curing light activated composite materials |
US6514915B1 (en) * | 1999-09-29 | 2003-02-04 | Baker Hughes Incorporated | Synthetic base fluid for enhancing the results of crude oil characterization analyses |
US6406474B1 (en) * | 1999-09-30 | 2002-06-18 | Ceramoptec Ind Inc | Device and method for application of radiation |
GB2356570A (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2001-05-30 | Oe Lys Ltd | Acne treating apparatus based on the emission of light in three different ranges of wavelength |
US6758845B1 (en) * | 1999-10-08 | 2004-07-06 | Lumenis Inc. | Automatic firing apparatus and methods for laser skin treatment over large areas |
US6355054B1 (en) | 1999-11-05 | 2002-03-12 | Ceramoptec Industries, Inc. | Laser system for improved transbarrier therapeutic radiation delivery |
US6358242B1 (en) | 1999-11-12 | 2002-03-19 | Ceramoptec Industries, Inc. | Post laser treatment for permanent hair removal |
DE19954710C1 (en) * | 1999-11-17 | 2001-03-15 | Pulsion Medical Sys Ag | Apparatus for treatment of blood vessels especially in eye, comprises laser to deliver structured beam and monitor system to measure concentration of chromophoric agents for system control |
JP2001145520A (en) | 1999-11-19 | 2001-05-29 | Sharion Kk | Far infrared rays mask |
US6527764B1 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2003-03-04 | Ceramoptec Industries, Inc. | Device and method for laser biomodulation in PDT/surgery |
US6743222B2 (en) * | 1999-12-10 | 2004-06-01 | Candela Corporation | Method of treating disorders associated with sebaceous follicles |
US6354370B1 (en) * | 1999-12-16 | 2002-03-12 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Air Force | Liquid spray phase-change cooling of laser devices |
US6595934B1 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2003-07-22 | Medtronic Xomed, Inc. | Methods of skin rejuvenation using high intensity focused ultrasound to form an ablated tissue area containing a plurality of lesions |
IL150604A0 (en) | 2000-01-25 | 2003-02-12 | Palomar Medical Tech Inc | Method and apparatus for medical treatment utilizing long duration electromagnetic radiation |
US6669688B2 (en) | 2000-01-25 | 2003-12-30 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for measuring the heat transfer coefficient during cryogen spray cooling of tissue |
JP4512225B2 (en) * | 2000-02-08 | 2010-07-28 | 住江織物株式会社 | Carpet with deodorant function |
AU2001239835A1 (en) | 2000-02-26 | 2001-09-03 | Advanced Photodynamic Technologies, Inc. | Photodynamic cellular and acellular organism eradication utilizing a photosensitive material and surfactant |
US6261595B1 (en) | 2000-02-29 | 2001-07-17 | Zars, Inc. | Transdermal drug patch with attached pocket for controlled heating device |
JP2001238968A (en) | 2000-03-01 | 2001-09-04 | Ya Man Ltd | Laser beam irradiation probe |
US7320593B2 (en) | 2000-03-08 | 2008-01-22 | Tir Systems Ltd. | Light emitting diode light source for curing dental composites |
US6436094B1 (en) * | 2000-03-16 | 2002-08-20 | Laserscope, Inc. | Electromagnetic and laser treatment and cooling device |
GB2370992B (en) | 2000-03-23 | 2002-11-20 | Photo Therapeutics Ltd | Therapeutic light source and method |
US6749623B1 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2004-06-15 | Richard A Hsi | Method and apparatus for catheter phototherapy with dose sensing |
GB2360946B (en) | 2000-04-08 | 2002-06-12 | Lynton Lasers Ltd | Dermatological treatment apparatus |
GB2361430A (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2001-10-24 | Photo Therapeutics Ltd | Therapeutic discharge lamps |
US6554439B1 (en) | 2000-05-15 | 2003-04-29 | The Mclean Hospital | Illumination apparatus for simulating dynamic light conditions |
US6551346B2 (en) | 2000-05-17 | 2003-04-22 | Kent Crossley | Method and apparatus to prevent infections |
US9820883B2 (en) | 2000-05-19 | 2017-11-21 | Michael S. Berlin | Method for treating glaucoma |
JP2002011106A (en) | 2000-06-28 | 2002-01-15 | Nidek Co Ltd | Laser therapeutic apparatus |
GB2364376A (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2002-01-23 | Astron Clinica Ltd | Skin illumination and examination apparatus |
DE10033256A1 (en) | 2000-07-10 | 2002-01-24 | Coronet Werke Gmbh | Method and device for producing bristle goods and bristle goods |
US6471716B1 (en) | 2000-07-11 | 2002-10-29 | Joseph P. Pecukonis | Low level light therapy method and apparatus with improved wavelength, temperature and voltage control |
JP3868724B2 (en) | 2000-07-18 | 2007-01-17 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | Ultrasound angioscope system |
EP1341464A4 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2009-07-22 | Ceramoptec Gmbh | Treatment for epithelial diseases |
AU2000264703A1 (en) | 2000-07-31 | 2002-02-13 | El. En. S.P.A. | Method and device for epilation by ultrasound |
DE20014735U1 (en) | 2000-08-25 | 2000-10-12 | B & P Ag Roschacherberg | Light therapy device |
US6702808B1 (en) | 2000-09-28 | 2004-03-09 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | Device and method for treating skin |
US6471712B2 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2002-10-29 | Steven A. Burres | Dermabrasion and skin care apparatus |
US6435873B1 (en) | 2000-10-10 | 2002-08-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Medication delivery devices |
GB2368020A (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2002-04-24 | Icn Photonics Ltd | Treatment of acne vulgaris skin condition by irradiation with light of specific wavelengths to target specific chromophores & stimulate collagen production |
US6506053B2 (en) | 2000-11-13 | 2003-01-14 | Peter E. Wiesel | Systems for treating teeth |
US6616447B1 (en) | 2000-11-15 | 2003-09-09 | Biolase Technology, Inc. | Device for dental care and whitening |
US20020071287A1 (en) | 2000-12-13 | 2002-06-13 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Laser pointer with multiple color beams |
US6808532B2 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2004-10-26 | Dan E. Andersen | Laser treatment for reducing wrinkles |
US6746444B2 (en) | 2000-12-18 | 2004-06-08 | Douglas J. Key | Method of amplifying a beneficial selective skin response to light energy |
US20080183162A1 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2008-07-31 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Methods And Devices For Fractional Ablation Of Tissue |
JP2005502385A (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2005-01-27 | パロマー・メディカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレーテッド | Method and apparatus for performing skin therapy EMR treatment |
US6623513B2 (en) | 2001-01-19 | 2003-09-23 | Advanced Photodynamic Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method of photodynamic eradication of organisms utilizing pyrrolnitrin |
CA2444891A1 (en) | 2001-01-22 | 2002-08-15 | Eric Larsen | Photodynamic stimulation device and methods |
ITMO20010008A1 (en) * | 2001-01-29 | 2002-07-29 | Laserwave Srl | DEVICE FOR SKIN TREATMENTS |
US6673095B2 (en) | 2001-02-12 | 2004-01-06 | Wound Healing Of Oklahoma, Inc. | Apparatus and method for delivery of laser light |
DE60226964D1 (en) | 2001-02-12 | 2008-07-17 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | SCHALLANTRIEBS TOOTHBRUSH WITH MULTIPLE CONTAINERS |
US8106038B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2012-01-31 | Qlt Inc. | Method for reducing or preventing PDT related inflammation |
US20030023284A1 (en) | 2001-02-20 | 2003-01-30 | Vladimir Gartstein | Method and apparatus for the in-vivo treatment of pathogens |
JP4034941B2 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2008-01-16 | 株式会社ニデック | Laser therapy device |
US20020149326A1 (en) * | 2001-03-01 | 2002-10-17 | Mikhail Inochkin | Flashlamp drive circuit |
US6888319B2 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2005-05-03 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Flashlamp drive circuit |
US20020127224A1 (en) | 2001-03-02 | 2002-09-12 | James Chen | Use of photoluminescent nanoparticles for photodynamic therapy |
EP1665996A3 (en) | 2001-03-02 | 2007-11-28 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for photocosmetic and photodermatological treatment |
DE10112289A1 (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2002-09-26 | Optomed Optomedical Systems Gmbh | Irradiating device used for treating acne comprises a radiation source emitting a broad band spectrum in a specified region and operating in the pulse manner |
DE10123926A1 (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2002-09-19 | Optomed Optomedical Systems Gmbh | irradiation device |
US6503486B2 (en) | 2001-03-12 | 2003-01-07 | Colgate Palmolive Company | Strip for whitening tooth surfaces |
JP2002272861A (en) * | 2001-03-16 | 2002-09-24 | Terabyt:Kk | Light energy athletes' foot medical treatment machine |
GB0107853D0 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2001-05-23 | Asclepion Meditec Ltd | Hand apparatus for light delivery |
WO2002078559A1 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2002-10-10 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Skin treating device comprising a protected radiation exit opening |
US7107996B2 (en) | 2001-04-10 | 2006-09-19 | Ganz Robert A | Apparatus and method for treating atherosclerotic vascular disease through light sterilization |
DE50107938D1 (en) | 2001-04-18 | 2005-12-08 | Georg Knott | IRRADIATOR IN PARTICULAR TO PHOTODYNAMIC DIAGNOSIS OR THERAPY |
DE10120787A1 (en) | 2001-04-25 | 2003-01-09 | Foerderung Von Medizin Bio Und | Remission-controlled device with laser handpiece for sensor-controlled selective laser therapy of blood vessels and skin tissues has multiple-sensor system e.g. using near infrared or visible radiation |
AU2002305313A1 (en) | 2001-04-30 | 2002-11-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device and patch system |
US8840918B2 (en) | 2001-05-01 | 2014-09-23 | A. V. Topchiev Institute of Petrochemical Synthesis, Russian Academy of Sciences | Hydrogel compositions for tooth whitening |
EP1386145B8 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2012-08-29 | Thermo Scientific Portable Analytical Instruments Inc. | X-ray fluorescence combined with laser induced photon spectroscopy |
US6572634B2 (en) | 2001-05-07 | 2003-06-03 | Myung H. Koo | Nose end adjusting device |
CN1879573B (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2012-05-30 | 帕洛玛医疗技术公司 | Cooling system for a photo cosmetic device |
DE10125772C2 (en) | 2001-05-26 | 2003-06-18 | Duerr Dental Gmbh Co Kg | Dental or endoscopic camera |
US6679837B2 (en) * | 2001-06-01 | 2004-01-20 | Intlas Ltd. | Laser light irradiation apparatus |
WO2002102419A2 (en) | 2001-06-15 | 2002-12-27 | Uv-Solutions, Llc. | Method and apparatus for sterilizing or disinfecting a region through a bandage |
US6770069B1 (en) * | 2001-06-22 | 2004-08-03 | Sciton, Inc. | Laser applicator |
EP1414516A2 (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2004-05-06 | Photomed Technologies, Inc. | Therapeutic methods using electromagnetic radiation |
AU2002316500A1 (en) * | 2001-07-02 | 2003-01-21 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Laser device for medical/cosmetic procedures |
US20030009158A1 (en) | 2001-07-09 | 2003-01-09 | Perricone Nicholas V. | Skin treatments using blue and violet light |
US7170034B2 (en) * | 2002-02-05 | 2007-01-30 | Radiancy Inc. | Pulsed electric shaver |
ITPD20010187A1 (en) | 2001-07-23 | 2003-01-23 | Cutech Srl | POLYPHERIC FOLLICLE TREATMENT, IN PARTICULAR AGAINST HAIR LOSS |
JP4485788B2 (en) | 2001-07-27 | 2010-06-23 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | Apparatus for skin treatment having a processor for determining the dose of a radiation pulse |
US20030032900A1 (en) * | 2001-08-08 | 2003-02-13 | Engii (2001) Ltd. | System and method for facial treatment |
JP2005500108A (en) * | 2001-08-15 | 2005-01-06 | リライアント テクノロジーズ,インコーポレイティド | Apparatus and method for thermal excision of biological tissue |
US7094252B2 (en) | 2001-08-21 | 2006-08-22 | Cooltouch Incorporated | Enhanced noninvasive collagen remodeling |
US6942658B1 (en) | 2001-08-24 | 2005-09-13 | Boilase Technology, Inc. | Radiation emitting apparatus with spatially controllable output energy distributions |
US6561808B2 (en) | 2001-09-27 | 2003-05-13 | Ceramoptec Industries, Inc. | Method and tools for oral hygiene |
AU2002341359A1 (en) | 2001-09-27 | 2003-04-07 | Galil Medical Ltd. | Apparatus and method for cryosurgical treatment of tumors of the breast |
US6629989B2 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2003-10-07 | Shimadzu Corporation | Phototherapy device for pressure pain point therapy and trigger point therapy |
US7144248B2 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2006-12-05 | Irwin Dean S | Device for oral UV photo-therapy |
US6952856B2 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2005-10-11 | Create Co., Ltd. | Ionic toothbrush |
US6648904B2 (en) * | 2001-11-29 | 2003-11-18 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for controlling the temperature of a surface |
US20040147984A1 (en) | 2001-11-29 | 2004-07-29 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for delivering low power optical treatments |
US6623272B2 (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2003-09-23 | Kathleen Clemans | Light-emitting toothbrush and method of whitening teeth |
EP1627662B1 (en) | 2004-06-10 | 2011-03-02 | Candela Corporation | Apparatus for vacuum-assisted light-based treatments of the skin |
WO2003049633A1 (en) | 2001-12-10 | 2003-06-19 | Inolase 2002 Ltd. | Method and apparatus for improving safety during exposure to a monochromatic light source |
US20040082940A1 (en) * | 2002-10-22 | 2004-04-29 | Michael Black | Dermatological apparatus and method |
US20030109787A1 (en) * | 2001-12-12 | 2003-06-12 | Michael Black | Multiple laser diagnostics |
US20030109860A1 (en) * | 2001-12-12 | 2003-06-12 | Michael Black | Multiple laser treatment |
US20030216719A1 (en) | 2001-12-12 | 2003-11-20 | Len Debenedictis | Method and apparatus for treating skin using patterns of optical energy |
US6692252B2 (en) | 2001-12-17 | 2004-02-17 | Ultradent Products, Inc. | Heat sink with geometric arrangement of LED surfaces |
AU2002367397A1 (en) * | 2001-12-27 | 2003-07-24 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for improved vascular related treatment |
JP2003192809A (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-09 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd | Heat resistant insulation sheet |
US6863781B2 (en) | 2002-02-26 | 2005-03-08 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Process for photocatalysis and two-electron mixed-valence complexes |
EP1340486A1 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2003-09-03 | Cognis France S.A. | Use of sugar esters |
US7081128B2 (en) | 2002-03-04 | 2006-07-25 | Hart Barry M | Phototherapy device and method of use |
US6927857B2 (en) | 2002-03-09 | 2005-08-09 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Process for the detection of marked components of a composite article using infrared blockers |
IL163946A0 (en) * | 2002-03-12 | 2005-12-18 | Gen Hospital Corp | Method and apparatus for hair growth managment |
US8840608B2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2014-09-23 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods and devices for selective disruption of fatty tissue by controlled cooling |
GB0301737D0 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2003-02-26 | Enfis Ltd | Method and device for treatment of skin conditions |
US6955684B2 (en) | 2002-03-29 | 2005-10-18 | Savage Jr Henry C | Portable light delivery apparatus and methods |
US7647092B2 (en) | 2002-04-05 | 2010-01-12 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Systems and methods for spectroscopy of biological tissue |
DE60324125D1 (en) * | 2002-04-09 | 2008-11-27 | Altshuler Gregory | DEVICE FOR PROCESSING HARD MATERIALS |
US7322972B2 (en) | 2002-04-10 | 2008-01-29 | The Regents Of The University Of California | In vivo port wine stain, burn and melanin depth determination using a photoacoustic probe |
AU2003223613A1 (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2003-11-03 | Lumerx, Inc | Chemiluminescent light source using visible light for biotherapy |
GB2390021A (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2003-12-31 | Ian Charlesworth | Hand-held led apparatus for treating acne |
US20070038206A1 (en) | 2004-12-09 | 2007-02-15 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Photocosmetic device |
US7135033B2 (en) | 2002-05-23 | 2006-11-14 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Phototreatment device for use with coolants and topical substances |
BR0312430A (en) * | 2002-06-19 | 2005-04-26 | Palomar Medical Tech Inc | Method and apparatus for treating skin and subcutaneous conditions |
JP2006500972A (en) | 2002-06-19 | 2006-01-12 | パロマー・メディカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレイテッド | Method and apparatus for treating tissue at a depth by radiant heat |
US7001413B2 (en) | 2002-07-03 | 2006-02-21 | Life Support Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for light therapy |
US7201766B2 (en) | 2002-07-03 | 2007-04-10 | Life Support Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for light therapy |
FR2842088B1 (en) | 2002-07-10 | 2004-12-10 | Seb Sa | ELECTRIC KETTLE |
US20040015158A1 (en) * | 2002-07-19 | 2004-01-22 | To-Mu Chen | Transilluminator device |
US6902397B2 (en) | 2002-08-01 | 2005-06-07 | Sunstar Americas, Inc. | Enhanced dental hygiene system with direct UVA photoexcitation |
US20070213792A1 (en) | 2002-10-07 | 2007-09-13 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Treatment Of Tissue Volume With Radiant Energy |
WO2004033040A1 (en) | 2002-10-07 | 2004-04-22 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus for performing photobiostimulation |
US20070219605A1 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2007-09-20 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Treatment of tissue volume with radiant energy |
WO2004043543A1 (en) | 2002-11-12 | 2004-05-27 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus for performing optical dermatology |
US6866678B2 (en) | 2002-12-10 | 2005-03-15 | Interbational Technology Center | Phototherapeutic treatment methods and apparatus |
US6991644B2 (en) | 2002-12-12 | 2006-01-31 | Cutera, Inc. | Method and system for controlled spatially-selective epidermal pigmentation phototherapy with UVA LEDs |
AU2003301111A1 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2004-07-22 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus for light treatment of acne and other disorders of follicles |
US20040143920A1 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2004-07-29 | Dr. Fresh, Inc. | Illuminated flashing toothbrush and method of use |
CN1771073A (en) * | 2003-02-10 | 2006-05-10 | 帕洛玛医疗技术公司 | Light emitting oral appliance and method of use |
US20040161213A1 (en) | 2003-02-15 | 2004-08-19 | Tsung-Ting Lee | Fiber optic display device |
JP2006518266A (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2006-08-10 | パロマー・メディカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレイテッド | Method and apparatus for treating fake folliculitis |
US20040176754A1 (en) | 2003-03-06 | 2004-09-09 | Island Tobin C. | Method and device for sensing skin contact |
US7006223B2 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2006-02-28 | 3Gen, Llc. | Dermoscopy epiluminescence device employing cross and parallel polarization |
DE202004021226U1 (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2007-07-26 | The General Hospital Corp., Boston | Device for dermatological treatment and fractional surface renewal of the skin |
US7153298B1 (en) | 2003-03-28 | 2006-12-26 | Vandolay, Inc. | Vascular occlusion systems and methods |
US6953341B2 (en) | 2003-08-20 | 2005-10-11 | Oralum, Llc | Toothpick for light treatment of body structures |
US6989023B2 (en) * | 2003-07-08 | 2006-01-24 | Oralum, Llc | Hygienic treatments of body structures |
US7144247B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2006-12-05 | Oralum, Llc | Hygienic treatments of structures in body cavities |
US20040234460A1 (en) | 2003-05-21 | 2004-11-25 | Tarver Jeanna Gail | Tooth whitening compositions and methods for using the same |
WO2005007003A1 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2005-01-27 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for fractional photo therapy of skin |
US7291140B2 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2007-11-06 | Cutera, Inc. | System and method for low average power dermatologic light treatment device |
US7145108B2 (en) | 2003-07-22 | 2006-12-05 | Kaz, Incorporated | Configurable heating pad controller |
US8623002B2 (en) | 2003-07-29 | 2014-01-07 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Electromagnetic radiation delivery apparatus |
US8083784B2 (en) | 2003-08-19 | 2011-12-27 | Photonx Health Corporation | Photon therapy method and apparatus |
US8870856B2 (en) * | 2003-08-25 | 2014-10-28 | Cutera, Inc. | Method for heating skin using light to provide tissue treatment |
US7722600B2 (en) | 2003-08-25 | 2010-05-25 | Cutera, Inc. | System and method for heating skin using light to provide tissue treatment |
US20050049467A1 (en) | 2003-08-28 | 2005-03-03 | Georgios Stamatas | Method for assessing pigmented skin |
ITBO20030717A1 (en) | 2003-11-27 | 2005-05-28 | Espansione Marketing S P A | LIGHT IRRADIATION UNIT. |
US7090670B2 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2006-08-15 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Multi-spot laser surgical apparatus and method |
US7220254B2 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2007-05-22 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Dermatological treatment with visualization |
US7041100B2 (en) | 2004-01-21 | 2006-05-09 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | Method and system for selective electro-thermolysis of skin targets |
EP1718366A4 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2007-11-21 | Daniel Barolet | Method and device for the treatment of mammalian tissues |
US7344494B2 (en) | 2004-02-09 | 2008-03-18 | Karl Storz Development Corp. | Endoscope with variable direction of view module |
US6893259B1 (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2005-05-17 | Igor Reizenson | Oral hygiene device and method of use therefor |
JPWO2005092438A1 (en) | 2004-03-26 | 2008-05-22 | ヤーマン株式会社 | Treatment equipment |
WO2005096981A2 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2005-10-20 | The General Hospital Corporation | Method and apparatus for dermatological treatment |
US20080132886A1 (en) | 2004-04-09 | 2008-06-05 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Use of fractional emr technology on incisions and internal tissues |
WO2005099369A2 (en) | 2004-04-09 | 2005-10-27 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Emr treated islets |
US20090069741A1 (en) | 2004-04-09 | 2009-03-12 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Methods And Devices For Fractional Ablation Of Tissue For Substance Delivery |
US7842029B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2010-11-30 | Aesthera | Apparatus and method having a cooling material and reduced pressure to treat biological external tissue |
WO2006006123A1 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2006-01-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Light modulator |
US7333698B2 (en) | 2004-08-05 | 2008-02-19 | Polyoptics Ltd | Optical scanning device |
US20060047281A1 (en) | 2004-09-01 | 2006-03-02 | Syneron Medical Ltd. | Method and system for invasive skin treatment |
WO2006036968A2 (en) | 2004-09-28 | 2006-04-06 | Reliant Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for modulation of the immune response using light-based fractional treatment |
US20060094988A1 (en) | 2004-10-28 | 2006-05-04 | Tosaya Carol A | Ultrasonic apparatus and method for treating obesity or fat-deposits or for delivering cosmetic or other bodily therapy |
AU2005314712A1 (en) | 2004-12-09 | 2006-06-15 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Oral appliance with heat transfer mechanism |
US7258695B2 (en) | 2005-02-08 | 2007-08-21 | Sonetics International | Hair restoration device and methods of using and manufacturing the same |
US20080183250A1 (en) | 2005-02-11 | 2008-07-31 | Hanafi Tanojo | Compositions and methods for treating or preventing skin inflammation via restoration of skin barrier function |
US20060253176A1 (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2006-11-09 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Dermatological treatment device with deflector optic |
US20060271028A1 (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2006-11-30 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Dermatological treatment device |
US20060217787A1 (en) | 2005-03-23 | 2006-09-28 | Eastman Kodak Company | Light therapy device |
US20080294150A1 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2008-11-27 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Photoselective Islets In Skin And Other Tissues |
US7856985B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2010-12-28 | Cynosure, Inc. | Method of treatment body tissue using a non-uniform laser beam |
US7624640B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2009-12-01 | Brown University | Opto-acoustic methods and apparatus for performing high resolution acoustic imaging and other sample probing and modification operations |
AU2006278255A1 (en) | 2005-08-08 | 2007-02-15 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Eye-safe photocosmetic device |
AU2006279865B8 (en) | 2005-08-12 | 2013-01-31 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Systems, devices, and methods for optically clearing tissue |
JP2009509140A (en) | 2005-09-15 | 2009-03-05 | パロマー・メデイカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレーテツド | Skin optical determination device |
US20070194717A1 (en) | 2006-02-17 | 2007-08-23 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Lamp for use in a tissue treatment device |
US7727516B2 (en) | 2006-02-28 | 2010-06-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Reduction of hair growth |
EP1839705A1 (en) | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-03 | Universidad de Alcala | Transcutaneous laser therapy patch |
US20070255355A1 (en) | 2006-04-06 | 2007-11-01 | Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for skin treatment with compression and decompression |
WO2007122611A2 (en) | 2006-04-20 | 2007-11-01 | Nano Pass Technologies Ltd. | Device and methods combining vibrating micro-protrusions with phototherapy |
US8136531B2 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2012-03-20 | Chariff Mark D | Device and method for treating musculo-skeletal injury and pain by application of laser light therapy |
DE102006023540A1 (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2007-11-22 | Francotyp-Postalia Gmbh | Process for the free spraying of the nozzles of an inkjet print head |
US8585707B2 (en) | 2006-06-07 | 2013-11-19 | Gary S. Rogers | Continuous low irradiance photodynamic therapy method |
JP2009542330A (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2009-12-03 | パロマー・メデイカル・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレーテツド | Handheld light beauty equipment |
US20080140164A1 (en) | 2006-12-06 | 2008-06-12 | Clrs Technology Corporation | Light emitting therapeutic devices and methods |
-
2003
- 2003-10-23 US US10/693,682 patent/US7135033B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-23 CN CN2012101446769A patent/CN102698368A/en active Pending
- 2003-10-23 EP EP12167098A patent/EP2522293A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2003-10-23 WO PCT/US2003/033993 patent/WO2004037287A2/en active Application Filing
- 2003-10-23 CN CN2003801020337A patent/CN1708261B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-10-23 EP EP12167105A patent/EP2522294A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2003-10-23 JP JP2004547188A patent/JP4790268B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-10-23 KR KR1020057007082A patent/KR20050071618A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-10-23 EP EP03779294A patent/EP1555948A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2003-10-23 AU AU2003284972A patent/AU2003284972B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2003-10-23 CA CA2501098A patent/CA2501098C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2005
- 2005-03-21 IL IL167577A patent/IL167577A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2006
- 2006-11-13 US US11/598,412 patent/US7942915B2/en active Active
- 2006-12-01 US US11/607,551 patent/US7942916B2/en active Active
-
2011
- 2011-02-07 JP JP2011023706A patent/JP2011120935A/en active Pending
- 2011-03-29 US US13/074,816 patent/US20110184334A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2012
- 2012-01-30 IL IL217837A patent/IL217837A0/en unknown
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11954861B2 (en) | 2014-07-24 | 2024-04-09 | University Health Network | Systems, devices, and methods for visualization of tissue and collection and analysis of data regarding same |
US11961236B2 (en) | 2014-07-24 | 2024-04-16 | University Health Network | Collection and analysis of data for diagnostic purposes |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU2003284972A2 (en) | 2004-05-13 |
KR20050071618A (en) | 2005-07-07 |
JP2006512941A (en) | 2006-04-20 |
EP2522294A2 (en) | 2012-11-14 |
CN1708261B (en) | 2012-07-04 |
US7135033B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 |
EP2522293A2 (en) | 2012-11-14 |
US20110184334A1 (en) | 2011-07-28 |
WO2004037287A2 (en) | 2004-05-06 |
WO2004037287A3 (en) | 2004-11-11 |
US20070067006A1 (en) | 2007-03-22 |
CN102698368A (en) | 2012-10-03 |
EP1555948A2 (en) | 2005-07-27 |
IL167577A (en) | 2012-04-30 |
US7942915B2 (en) | 2011-05-17 |
JP4790268B2 (en) | 2011-10-12 |
CA2501098C (en) | 2014-04-08 |
US7942916B2 (en) | 2011-05-17 |
AU2003284972B2 (en) | 2009-09-10 |
IL217837A0 (en) | 2012-03-29 |
US20040133251A1 (en) | 2004-07-08 |
JP2011120935A (en) | 2011-06-23 |
AU2003284972A1 (en) | 2004-05-13 |
CN1708261A (en) | 2005-12-14 |
US20070078501A1 (en) | 2007-04-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7942915B2 (en) | Phototreatment device for use with coolants | |
AU2002303863B2 (en) | Cooling system for a photocosmetic device | |
US20070198004A1 (en) | Photocosmetic device | |
AU2002303863A1 (en) | Cooling system for a photocosmetic device | |
EP1581305A2 (en) | Apparatus for light treatment of acne and other disorders of follicles | |
IL189272A (en) | Photocosmetic device and method of operating a photocosmetic device | |
AU2011202724B9 (en) | A Photocosmetic Device and Method |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKEX | Expiry |
Effective date: 20231023 |